EXTRA MATERIAL

.
Introduction
Cover
Introduction Introduction
Main Index
Glossary The material presented here will be of use to anyone beginning ancient Greek,
Prepositions but is specifically designed to accompany our book [Gavin Betts and Alan
Further Study Henry Ancient Greek (Teach Yourself Books), Hodder and Stoughton, London
and McGraw Hill, New York, fourth edition 2010].

In response to the comments of many readers we have adopted the

conventional sigma (σ, ς) instead of the lunate sigma of earlier editions. While
the lunate sigma came to be the normal form of the letter in antiquity, the
forms it took in medieval manuscripts were taken over into the first printed
texts (i.e. σ, ς). These continue to be used today and are found over a wide
range of Greek texts (in particular the Loeb Classical Library), despite the
adoption of the lunate version by a few publishers in recent years.

This change from the lunate sigma has also been made in the website.

Additional reading and its key

Each section gives additional reading for the corresponding unit of the book.
Running vocabulary lists are provided for words which either do not appear in
the main vocabulary of the TYAG or have different meanings from those given
there; words so listed are printed in a bolder type in the text of the additional
reading. A list has not been given for Unit 25 because the aspiring Homeric
student should find little trouble in consulting any of the recommended
dictionaries.

The reading for Units 2­3 is made­up Greek. Almost all subsequent sentences
and passages are original, although sometimes adapted. The exact source of all
longer passages is given in the key. Most proverbs and proverbial expressions
have been taken from the Corpus Paroemiographorum Graecorum of Leutsch
and Schneidewin (rpr. Georg Olms 1958); fragments of Greek tragedy are
quoted from Nauck's Tragicorum Graecorum Fragmenta (rpr. Georg Olms
1964); the stories about Diogenes are from the Vitae philosophorum of
Diogenes Laertius (Oxford Classical Text ed. H.S.Long 1964).

A hash mark (#) indicates that a sentence or passage is poetry, or that a word is
poetical.

References to the TYAG are given by sections or sub­sections in it (e.g. 7.2.13,

18.3).

In the key, explanations and more literal interpretations are given in round
brackets. Some words (but by no means all) which have no specific equivalent
in the Greek original but which must be supplied in English are enclosed in
square brackets. Translations are as literal as possible and are not to be taken as
models of English style or as reflecting that of the original.
Main Index of Exercises

Revision exercises and their key

These exercises are to be used in conjunction with any version of the TYAG.

Main Index of Exercises

Glossary of grammatical terms

These terms are those normally employed in the teaching of ancient Greek, and
readers of the TYAG should make themselves familiar with any they have not
previously encountered. Many form part of traditional English grammar, which
is the framework used in the TYAG.

Glossary

Prepositions
A table of the main uses of prepositions in prose is given to provide an
overview. It is meant for reference.

Prepositions

Suggestions for further study

Listed here are a few books from the vast range available to those who wish to
continue their studies in Greek.

Further Study

Note on Fonts and Characters

All Greek words and passages are presented in Unicode, which is the
international standard used for non­Roman alphabets on the web. In general, all
recent browsers (Firefox, Safari, Opera and Internet Explorer 8 or better)
should have no problems viewing these pages. Unfortunately, some particular
combinations of browsers and systems may have trouble viewing diacritical
marks, e.g. ‘τῆς’ will appear with the circumflex separated from the eta in
some systems such as Firefox 3.5 on Mac OSX. In these cases it may be
worthwhile trying an alternative browser, e.g. Safari on OSX works well and
most modern browsers seem to work adequately on Windows.

The authors would be grateful for any corrections or suggestions for

improvement. Any correspondence should be sent to
gbetts@infoxchange.net.au. For comments and queries regarding the website
itself, and for technical issues regarding Unicode please contact Chris Betts at
chris@pegacat.com.
. Additional Reading Unit 2
Cover Unit 2
Introduction
Main Index Odysseus and Circe
Links
Second declension forms which have already appeared in 2.2 are not
explained.

Unit 3 1 ὁ ʼΟδυσσεὺς ἐκ τῆς τῶν Κυκλώπων (of the Cyclopes) χώρας φεύγει καὶ μετʼ
ὀλίγας ἡμέρας εἰς τὴν Αἰαίαν ἥκει.
Unit Key 2
2 ἐν τῇ Αἰαίᾳ ἐστὶ (there is) θεά, Κίρκη ὀνόματι (by name).

3 ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ ʼΟδυσσεὺς τὴν ναῦν (ship) πρὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ καταλείπει καὶ
πρὸς σκοπιὰν τῆς χώρας βαδίζει.

4 ἕως ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ βαδίζει ἔλαφον (deer acc. s. m) ἐξαίφνης βλέπει καὶ

ἀποκτείνει, ὥστε οἱ ἑταῖροι (his [lit. the] companions nom. pl. m.) ἐδωδὴν νῦν
ἔχουσιν.

5 τὸν ἔλαφον ἐσθίουσιν καὶ τάχα ἐν τῇ ἀκτῇ καθεύδουσιν.

6 ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ ʼΟδυσσεὺς ἐν τῇ ἀκτῇ μένει, ἀλλὰ οἱ ἑταῖροι εὑρίσκουσι τὴν

τῆς Κίρκης οἰκίαν, οὗ καλῶς ἀείδει ἡ θεά.

7 τὰς θύρας ἀνοίγει ἡ θεὰ καὶ λέγει ὅτι ἐδωδὴν παρέχειν ἐθέλει.

8 ἀλλὰ ὁ Εὐρύλοχος (Eurylochus nom. s. m.) τὴν θεὰν δειμαίνει καὶ ἐκτὸς
ὑπομένει.

9 ἡ Κίρκη τὴν ἐδωδὴν παρέχει καὶ γοητεύει αὐτούς (them), ὥστε τὰς κεφαλὰς
καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν ὑῶν (of pigs) ἔχουσιν.

10 ὁ Εὐρύλοχος πρὸς τὴν ἀκτὴν τρέχει καὶ τῷ ʼΟδυσσεῖ (to Odysseus) λέγει ὅτι
δεῖ ἐκ τῆς Αἰαίας φεύγειν.

11 ἀλλʼ ὁ ʼΟδυσσεὺς οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐκ τῆς γοητείας τῆς θεᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐκσῴζει.

Αἰαία, ­ας, ἡ Aeaea (Circe's island)

ἔλαφος, ­ου, ὁ deer

ἀνοίγω open

ὑπομένω+ stay behind

γοητεύω bewitch

γοητεία, ­ας, ἡ witchcraft

ἐκσῴζω+ preserve from danger, save

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 2
Cover 1. Odysseus is fleeing from the land of the Cyclopes and after a few days has
Introduction come to Aeaea.
Main Index
Links 2. In/on Aeaea there is a goddess, Circe by name.

3. At daybreak Odysseus leaves his (lit. the) ship by the sea and walks to a
lookout­place in (lit. of) the land.
Unit Key 3
4. While he is walking in the wood he suddenly sees a deer and kills [it], so that
Unit 2 they now have food.

5. They eat the deer and quickly fall asleep on the beach.

6. At daybreak Odysseus remains on the beach, but his companions find Circe's
house, where the goddess is singing beautifully.

7. The goddess opens the doors and says that she is willing to provide food.

8. But Eurylochus is afraid of the goddess and stays behind outside.

9. Circe provides the food and bewitches them, so that they have the heads and
voices of pigs.

10. Eurylochus runs to the beach and tells Odysseus that they must (lit. it is
necessary [sc. for them ]) to flee from Aeaea.

11. But Odysseus refuses and saves them from the goddess's witchcraft.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 3
Cover
Introduction Unit 3
Main Index
Links Stories from Aesop

1 The wolves and the sheep

Unit 2
(i) λύκοι ἐπιβουλεύουσι ποίμνῃ προβάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐχ οἷοί τʼ εἰσὶ (they are not
Unit 4
able) τὰ πρόβατα ἁρπάζειν διὰ τὰ κυνίδια.
Unit Key 3 (ii) οἱ λύκοι ἐθέλουσι διὰ δόλου τὰ πρόβατα ἀποκτείνειν καὶ ἐσθίειν.

(iii) ἀγγέλους πέμπουσιν οἱ λύκοι καὶ τοῖς προβάτοις λέγουσιν: ὦ πρόβατα, τὰ

κυνίδια αἴτιά ἐστι τῆς ἔχθρας, ἀλλʼ εἰρήνην ἐθέλομεν ἔχειν.

(iv) τὰ πρόβατα περὶ τοῦ κινδύνου οὐ φροντίζει καὶ οἱ λύκοι τὰ κυνίδια

ἀπάγουσιν.

(v) ἐπεὶ ἡ ποίμνη ἀφύλακτός ἐστιν, οἱ λύκοι τὰ πρόβατα ῥᾳδίως ἀποκτείνουσιν

καὶ ἐσθίουσιν.

(vi) ὁ μῦθος σαφηνίζει ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τοῖς πονηροῖς πιστεύειν ἀλλὰ τοῖς φίλοις.

2 The ass and the horse

ὄνος ἵππον μακαρίζει ὡς ἀφθόνως καὶ ἐπιμελῶς τὴν τροφὴν παρέχει ὁ

δεσπότης, ἐπειδὴ ὁ ὄνος οὐδὲ (not even) ἀχύρων ἅλις ἔχει καὶ τὸν βίον μάλα
χαλεπὸν ἄγει. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πόλεμός ἐστι καὶ ὁ στρατιώτης ἔνοπλος ἀναβαίνει τὸν
ἵππον καὶ πανταχόσε ἐλαύνει καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐπέχει, τὰ τῶν
πολεμίων ὅπλα τὸν ἵππον τραυματίζει. καὶ νῦν οὐ μακαρίζει τὸν ἵππον ὁ ὄνος.

3 The wild ass

ὄνος ἄγριος ὄνον ἥμερον προσβλέπει ἐν εὐηλίῳ τόπῳ καὶ μακαρίζει αὐτὸν
(him) ἐπὶ τῇ εὐεξίᾳ καὶ τῇ τροφῇ. ἀλλʼ ὕστερον ἐπειδὴ ὁ ὀνηλάτης ῥοπάλοις
παίει τὸν ἥμερον ὄνον, ὁ ἄγριος λέγει: ἐγὼ οὐκέτι σε (you) εὐδαιμονίζω,
ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἄνευ κακῶν μεγάλων τὴν ἀφθονίαν ἔχεις. οὕτως οὐκ ἔστι ζηλωτὰ
τὰ μετὰ κινδύνων καὶ ταλαιπωριῶν ἀγαθά.

ποίμνη, ­ης, ἡ flock

κυνίδιον, ­ου, τό little dog

ἀφύλακτος, ­ον unguarded

μακαρίζω deem happy

ἀφθόνως (adv.) abundantly

ἐπιμελῶς (adv.) carefully

ἅλις (adv.) enough (+ gen.)

ἔνοπλος, ­ον in armour, armed

πανταχόσε (adv.) in every direction

ἐπέχω+ attack (+ dat.)

τραυματίζω wound

ἥμερος, ­ον tame, domestic

εὐεξία, ­ας, ἡ good condition

ὀνηλάτης, ­ου, ὁ ass­driver

παίω strike

εὐδαιμονίζω consider happy

ἀφθονία, ­ας, ἡ abundance

ζηλωτός, ­ή, ­όν enviable

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 3
Cover 1. (i) [Some] wolves are plotting against a flock of sheep, but they are unable to
Introduction snatch the sheep because of the little dogs.
Main Index
Links (ii) The wolves want to kill the sheep by a trick and eat [them].
(iii) The wolves send messengers and say to the sheep, 'Sheep, the little dogs
Unit Key 2 are responsible for our (the) enmity, but we want to be at peace.
(iv) The sheep do not worry about the danger and the wolves lead the little dogs
Unit Key 4 away.
(v) Since the flock is unguarded, the wolves easily kill the sheep and eat [them].
Unit 3 (vi) The fable shows that one must trust not rogues (lit. the wicked) but friends.

2. An ass deems a horse happy as his (the) master provides nourishment

abundantly and carefully, since the ass does not even have enough bran and
leads a very difficult life. But when there is war and the soldier in armour
mounts the horse and rides in every direction and indeed attacks the enemy, the
enemy's weapons wound the horse. And now the ass does not consider the
horse happy.

3. A wild ass looks at a tame ass in a sunny spot and congratulates him on his
(the) good condition and food. But later on, when the ass­driver strikes the tame
ass with clubs, the wild ass says, 'I no longer consider you happy, since you
have abundance only together with (lit. not without) great ills.' So benefits (lit.
good things) [that come] with danger and suffering are not to be envied.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 4
Cover
Introduction Unit 4
Main Index
Links 1 Crocodile hunting in ancient Egypt

Herodotus had visited Egypt and the following is an adaptation taken from his
Unit 3
description of the country which he gives in his History (cf. 5.2.21).
Unit 5
ἄγραι δὲ τῶν κροκοδίλων πολλαὶ ἦσαν καὶ παντοῖαι, ἀλλὰ μίαν (one) μόνον
γράφω: νῶτον μὲν ὕειον ἐδελέαζον οἱ θηρευταὶ περὶ ἄγκιστρον καὶ ἔβαλλον
Unit Key 4
εἰς τὸν ποταμόν, χοῖρον δὲ ζωὸν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὄχθης εἶχόν τε καὶ
ἔτυπτον. ὁ μὲν οὖν κροκόδιλος τῆς φωνῆς ἤκουε καὶ ἔτρεχε, τὸ δὲ νῶτον
ηὕρισκε καὶ ἤσθιεν: οἱ δὲ θηρευταὶ εἷλκον εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν πηλῷ
(with mud) εὐθὺς ἤλειφον αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ἔπειτα δὲ ἄνευ πόνου τὰ
λοιπὰ ἔπραττον.

2 Cyrus' deathbed speech to his sons and friends

An adaptation from Xenophon's biography of Cyrus (cf. 9.2.12).

ὦ υἱοὶ καὶ φίλοι, ἐμοὶ μὲν τοῦ βίου ἡ τελευτὴ πάρεστιν: ἐκ πολλῶν σαφῶς
γιγνώσκω: ὑμᾶς δὲ δεῖ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον ὡς περὶ ὀλβίου ἐμοῦ καὶ λέγειν καὶ
πράττειν πάντα (everything). ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ μόνον ὅτε παιδίον ἦ ἀλλὰ καὶ νεανίας
καὶ ἀνήρ (man), τὰ καλὰ ἀεὶ εἶχον. καὶ νῦν δῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι οἱ μὲν φίλοι διʼ
ἐμοῦ ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι δοῦλοι. καὶ τὴν γῆν ἡμῶν ἣ (which)
πρόσθεν μικρὰ ἦν, ἐν τῇ ʼΑσίᾳ κυρίαν πολλῶν καταλείπω. νῦν δʼ ἐνθάδε
καταλείπω μὲν ὑμᾶς, ὦ υἱοί, καταλείπω δὲ καὶ τοὺς φίλους. ὥστε πῶς οὐ
δικαίως ἀγαθὴν ἔχουσι μνήμην ἐμοῦ οἱ ἄνθρωποι;

3 Pharnabazus reminds Agesilaus of his services to Sparta

An adaptation from Xenophon's continuation of Thucydides' history of the

Peloponnesian war (cf. 7.2.12).

ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ ʼΑγησίλαος ἧκεν, ὁ Φαρνάβαζος αὐτῷ ἔλεξεν: ὦ ʼΑγησίλαε καὶ

ἑταῖροι, ἐγὼ ὑμῖν, ὅτε τοῖς ʼΑθηναίοις πολέμιοι ἦτε, φίλος καὶ σύμμαχος ἦ, καὶ
τῷ μὲν ναυτικῷ ὑμῶν ἀργύριον ἔφερον, ἐν δὲ τῇ γῇ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν
ἐδίωξα τοὺς πολεμίους. καὶ νῦν μάλα μὲν κακῶς πάσχω διὰ ὑμᾶς, σῖτον δὲ ἐν
τῇ χώρᾳ μου οὐκ ἔχω. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ οἰκίας καλὰς καὶ παραδείσους καὶ
δένδρων καὶ θηρίων μεστοὺς εἶχον, νῦν δὲ πάντα (everything) ἐκόψατε ὑμεῖς
καὶ ἐκαύσατε.

ἄγρα, ­ας, ἡ way of catching

παντοῖος, ­α, ­ον of all kinds

νῶτον, ­ου, τό back, chine (of an animal)

δελεάζω set as bait

θηρευτής, ­οῦ, ὁ hunter

ἄγκιστρον, ­ου, τό hook

χοῖρος, ­ου, ὁ pig

ὄχθη, ­ης, ἡ bank (of a river)

ἕλκω (augment εἱ­) drag

ἀλείφω smear

ʼΑσία, ­ας, ἡ Asia

κύριος, ­α, ­ον having control over (+ gen.)

ʼΑγησίλαος, ­ου, ὁ Agesilaus (Spartan king)

Φαρνάβαζος, ­ου, ὁ Pharnabazus (Persian noble)

παράδεισος, ­ου, ὁ park

μεστός, ­ή, ­όν full of (+ gen.)

κόπτω (aor. ἔκοψα) cut down, lay waste

καίω (aor. ἔκαυσα) burn

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 4
Cover 1. There are many, various ways of catching crocodiles, but I describe (lit.
Introduction write) only one: the hunters used to set as bait a chine of pork on (lit. around) a
Main Index hook and throw it into the river, while (lit. but) they kept a live pig on the bank
Links of the river and beat [it]. The crocodile would hear the cry and begin to run,
find the chine and eat [it]. The hunters would drag [it] on to the land, and first
Unit Key 3 [of all] immediately smear its eyes with mud, and then complete the business
(lit. do the remaining things) without trouble. (Adapted from Herodotus 2.70.)
Unit Key 5
2. My sons and friends, for me the end of my life is at hand; I know [this]
Unit 4 clearly from many indications (lit. from many [things]); but after my death you
must regard me as a happy man in all your words and actions (lit. speak and do
everything as concerning me happy). For I always had fine things (lit. the fine
[things, i.e. of life]), not only when I was a boy, but also when I was an
adolescent and a man. And now it is clear that, through my efforts (lit. through
me), my friends are free, and my enemies slaves. And our country, which was
formerly obscure, I leave behind in control over much in Asia. And now I leave
you, my sons, behind, and you too, my friends. So how can men not rightly
have a good memory of me? (Adapted from Xenophon, Cyropaedia 8.7.6­9.)

3. When Agesilaus had come, Pharnabazus said to him, 'Agesilaus and

comrades, when you were at war with (lit. hostile to) the Athenians, I was a
friend and ally, and I brought money for your fleet, and on land I joined you in
chasing (lit. together with you I chased) the enemy into the sea. Now I am very
badly treated on account of you, and I do not have food in my country.
Formerly, I had beautiful houses and parks full of trees and wild­animals, but
now you [have] cut down and burned everything.' (Adapted from Xenophon
Hell. 4.1.32­33).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 5
Cover
Introduction Unit 5
Main Index
Links 1 Proverbs

(i) κόραξ κόρακι φίλος. (ii) ἐν ταῖς θριξὶν ἡ σοφία. (iii) γάλα ὀρνίθων. (iv) λίθῳ
Unit 4
λαλεῖς. (v) ἄφθονοι Μουσῶν θύραι.
Unit 6
2# ἄδικον ὁ πλοῦτος, πολλὰ δʼ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ποιεῖ.
Unit Key 5 3# ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων οἱ κακοὶ γαμοῦσʼ ἀεί.

4 αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν.

5 οὐ λέγειν εἶ δεινὸς ἀλλὰ σιγᾶν ἀδύνατος.

6# γέλως ἄκαιρος ἐν βροτοῖς δεινὸν κακόν.

7# ἄδικον τὸ λυπεῖν τοὺς φίλους ἑκουσίως.

8 τὸ μὲν σῶμα θνητόν, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἀθάνατος.

9# τὸ πολλὰ πράττειν ἐστὶ πανταχοῦ κακόν.

10 Barbarous Thracians

For the Greeks mankind was divided in two groups: themselves (῞Ελληνες) and
non­Greeks (βάρβαροι). Though the term βάρβαροι was originally neutral, it
came to acquire something of its modern connotations when the Greeks came
into contact with various wild tribes, particularly those to the north.

οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες, ἐπεὶ εἰς τὴν Μυκαλησσὸν ἧκον, τάς τε οἰκίας καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ
ἐπόρθουν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐφόνευον: τοὺς γὰρ γέροντας καὶ τοὺς νέους οὐκ
εἴων ἀποφεύγειν, ἀλλὰ πάντας (all acc. pl. m.) ἑξῆς καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας
ἔκτεινον, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἔμψυχα. οἱ γὰρ Θρᾷκες
ὁμοίως τοῖς μάλιστα βαρβάροις σφόδρα φονικοί εἰσιν. καὶ τότε ἄλλη τε
ταραχὴ οὐκ ὀλίγη καὶ ἰδέα παντοία ἦν ὀλέθρου: ἐν γὰρ διδασκαλείῳ παίδων
οὗ ἦσαν οἱ παῖδες πάντας ἐφόνευσαν. ἡ δὲ συμφορὰ ἡμῖν δοκεῖ παντελῶς
ἀδόκητός τε καὶ δεινή.

11 Alcibiades attacks Byzantium

Alcibiades was the enfant terrible of Athenian politics during the

Peloponnesian War but his ability was undisputed. In the following passage his
success at Byzantium (modern Istanbul) is described.

καὶ τὸ τοῦ ʼΑλκιβιάδου ναυτικὸν ἐπὶ τὸ Βυζάντιον ἔπλευσε καὶ ἐφόβει τοὺς
Βυζαντίους. ὅμως δὲ οἱ ἐν τῷ Βυζαντίῳ Πελοποννήσιοι καὶ Βοιωτοὶ τοὺς
ναύτας ἔτρεψαν καὶ ἐδίωξαν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα πάλιν. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ἔνιοι
τῶν ʼΑθηναίων ἔνδον ἤδη ἦσαν, ἐχώρουν ὁμόσε. ἐν δὲ τῇ μάχῃ ἐνίκησεν
ὁ ʼΑλκιβιάδης, καὶ τῶν πολεμίων αἰχμάλωτοι ἦσαν πολλοί.
ἀδύνατος, ­ον unable

ἄκαιρος, ­ον ill­timed, inopportune

ἑκουσίως (adv.) willingly

Μυκαλησσός, ­οῦ, ἡ Mycalessus (small town in Boeotia)

ἱερόν, ­οῦ, τό temple

εἴων impf. of ἐάω, allow

ἑξῆς (adv.) one after another

προσέτι (adv.) in addition

ἔμψυχος, ­ον living

ὁμοίως (adv.) in the same way as (+ dat.)

φονικός, ­ή, ­όν murderous

διδασκαλεῖον, ­ου, τό school

ἀδόκητος, ­ον unexpected

Βυζάντιον, ­ου, τό Byzantium

ἔπλευσε aor. of πλέω, sail

φοβέω terrify

Βυζάντιος, ­ου, ὁ Byzantian

ἔνιοι, ­αι, ­α some

χωρέω ὁμόσε come to close quarters, join battle

αἰχμάλωτος, ­ου, ὁ prisoner

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 5
Cover 1. (i) One crow likes another. (ii) Wisdom [is to be detected] in the hair. (See
Introduction no.4 below). (iii) Birds' milk (said of something rare [cf. hens' teeth] or of an
Main Index extreme luxury). (iv) You're talking to a stone. (v) The doors of the Muses [are]
Links not restricted (lit. ungrudged) (i.e. anyone is free to enjoy things of a cultural
nature [music, poetry etc.]).
Unit Key 4
2. Wealth [is] an evil, and does much that is not right (lit. many [things] not
Unit Key 6 correctly).

Unit 5 3. The wicked always marry from among their like.

4. White hairs make [one] wise.

5. You are not clever at speaking, but unable to keep silent.

6. Inopportune laughter [is] a terrible evil among mortals.

7. Deliberately harming [one's] friends [is] unjust.

8. The body [is] mortal, but the soul [is] immortal.

9. Being meddlesome (lit. doing many [things]) is in all cases an evil.

10. When the Thracians had come to Mycalessus, they began to plunder both
private houses and temples and to massacre the people; for they would not
allow the old or (lit. and) the young to escape, but killed everyone one after the
other, both women and children, and in addition the beasts of burden and [any]
other living creatures. For the Thracians, in common with the most [blood­
thirsty] barbarians, are very murderous. And so, on this occasion, there was
both general (lit. other) confusion [which was] not negligible, and every shape
of destruction. For in a boys' school, where the boys were [present], they
slaughtered [them] all. The disaster seems to me (lit. us) completely unexpected
and horrible. (Adapted from Thucydides 7.29).

11. Alcibiades' fleet sailed against Byzantium and began to terrify the
Byzantians. Nevertheless, the Peloponnesians and Boeotians [who were] in
Byzantium routed the sailors and chased [them] back into their vessels. But,
since some of the Athenians were already inside, they joined battle. In the battle
Alcibiades was victorious, and the enemy prisoners were numerous. (Adapted
from Plutarch Life of Alcibiades 31).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Extra Reading: Units 2 ­ 5
Cover
Introduction Extra reading for units 2­5
Main Index
Links 1# τυφλόν γε καὶ δύστηνόν ἐστιν ἡ τύχη.

2 ἀπʼ ἐχθρῶν δῆτα πολλὰ μανθάνουσιν οἱ σοφοί.

3 ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον (sc. is judged).

Extra Reading
6­10 4# λῦπαι γὰρ ἀνθρώποισι τίκτουσιν νόσους.
Extra Reading 5 χαλεποὶ πόλεμοι ἀδελφῶν.
Key 2 ­ 5
6# ἄγει δὲ πρὸς φῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν χρόνος.

7# καλὸν τὸ νικᾶν ἀλλʼ ὑπερνικᾶν κακόν.

8# αἱ ἐλπίδες βόσκουσι τοὺς κενοὺς βροτῶν.

9# ἄξεις ἀλύπως τὸν βίον χωρὶς γάμου.

10# γυναικὶ κόσμος ὁ τρόπος, οὐ τὰ χρυσία.

11# δέσποινα γὰρ γέροντι νυμφίῳ γυνή.

12# ἔρως δίκαιος καρπὸν εὐθέως φέρει.

13# καιροὶ δὲ καταλύουσι τὰς τυραννίδας.

14# λύπης ἰατρός ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις λόγος.

15# μισθὸς διδάσκει γράμματʼ, οὐ διδάσκαλος.

16# μεγάλη τυραννὶς ἀνδρὶ τέκνα καὶ γυνή.

17# νύμφη δʼ ἄπροικος οὐκ ἔχει παρρησίαν.

18# πολλοὶ μὲν εὐτυχοῦσιν, οὐ φρονοῦσι δέ.

19# τὸ πολλὰ τολμᾶν πόλλʼ ἁμαρτάνειν ποιεῖ.

20# ὕδωρ θαλάσσης ὁ τρόπος τῶν δυσκόλων.

21# ψυχῆς ὄλεθρός ἐστι σωμάτων ἔρως.

22# ἄγει τὸ θεῖον τοὺς κακοὺς πρὸς τὴν δίκην.

23# γάμος γὰρ ἀνθρώποισιν εὐκταῖον κακόν.

καρπός, ­οῦ, ὁ fruit

ὑπερνικάω+ be excessively victorious

κενός, ­ή, ­όν destitute

ἀλύπως (adv.) without pain or grief

χρυσίον, ­ου, τό gold ornament

νυμφίος, ­ου, ὁ bridegroom

εὐθέως (adv.) straightaway

νύμφη, ­ης, ἡ bride

ἄπροικος, ­ον without a dowry

παρρησία, ­ας, ἡ freedom of speech

τὸ θεῖον the divine [thing] i.e. God

εὐκταῖος, ­α, ­ον prayed for, desired

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Extra Reading: Units 2 ­ 5
Cover 1. Fortune is blind and wretched (lit. a blind and wretched thing).
Introduction
Main Index 2. Indeed, the wise learn much lit. many things) from [their] enemies.
Links
3. A tree [is judged] by (lit. from) its fruit.

4. Grief(s) produce(s) disease(s) for men.

Extra Reading
Key 6­13 5. Brothers' feuds [are] troublesome.

Extra Reading 6. Time leads the truth towards the light.

Unit 2­5
7. Victory [is] beautiful, but excessive victory [is] evil.

8. Hope(s) feeds the destitute among (lit. of) mortals.

9. Without marriage you will lead a life without pain.

10. For a woman [it is] not gold [ornaments] [which are her] decoration, but her
character.

11. For an aged bridegroom a wife is a mistress (i.e. an old man is a slave to a
young wife).

12. A just love immediately bears fruit.

13. Crises bring tyrannies to an end.

14. For men reason cures (lit. is a healer of) grief.

15. [It is the] reward [which] teaches letters, not the teacher.

16. For a man his wife and children [are] a great tyranny.

17. A bride without a dowry has no freedom of speech.

18. Many are fortunate, but not wise.

19. Much daring (lit. daring many things) creates many mistakes (lit. erring
many things).

20. The manner of the bad­tempered [is like] the water of the sea (i.e.
uncertain).

21. Physical desire (lit. love of bodies) is the destruction of the soul.

22. The Divinity leads the wicked to justice.

23. For humans marriage [is] a desired evil.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 6
Cover
Introduction Unit 6
Main Index
Links 1 νοῦς ὁρᾷ καὶ νοῦς ἀκούει: τὰ ἄλλα κωφὰ καὶ τυφλά.

2# πολλοῖς γάρ ἐστι κέρδος ἡ σιγὴ βροτῶν.

Unit 5
3 οὐχ ὁ τόπος τὸν ἄνδρα, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτὸν ἔντιμον ποιεῖ.
Unit 7
4# θέλω τύχης σταλαγμὸν ἢ φρενῶν πίθον.
Unit Key 6
5# ἀεὶ πονηρόν ἐστι τἀνθρώπων (= τὸ ἀνθρώπων) γένος.

6 δειλοῦ μήτηρ οὐ κλαίει.

7# ἀλλʼ ἔστι γὰρ δὴ κἀν κακοῖσιν ἡδονή

θνητοῖς ὀδυρμοὶ δακρύων τʼ ἐπιρροαί:

ἀλγηδόνας δὲ ταῦτα κουφίζει φρενῶν

καὶ καρδίας ἔλυσε τοὺς ἄγαν πόνους.

8# καὶ τῶν παλαιῶν πόλλʼ ἔπη καλῶς ἔχει:

λόγοι γὰρ ἐσθλοὶ φάρμακον φόβου βροτοῖς.

9# δεινὴ μὲν ἀλκὴ κυμάτων θαλασσίων,

δειναὶ δὲ ποταμῶν καὶ πυρὸς θερμοῦ πνοαί,

δεινὸν δὲ πενία, δεινὰ δʼ ἄλλα μυρία,

ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν οὕτω δεινὸν ὡς γυνὴ κακή.

10# τοῦ γὰρ δικαίου κἀν βροτοῖσι κἀν θεοῖς

ἀθάνατος ἀεὶ δόξα διατελεῖ μόνου.

11# ξίφος τιτρώσκει σῶμα, τὸν δὲ νοῦν λόγος.

12# ὁ λόγος ἰατρὸς τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν πάθους.

13 Athenian failure in Egypt

The following is an adaptation from Thucydides' account of the Athenian

expedition to Egypt. The latter part of the same narrative can be found at
11.2.11.

οἱ δʼ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ʼΑθηναῖοι καὶ οἱ σύμμαχοι ἐπέμενον, καὶ αὐτοῖς πολλαὶ

ἰδέαι πολέμων ἦσαν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐκράτουν τῆς Αἰγύπτου οἱ ʼΑθηναῖοι, καὶ
βασιλεὺς (the King [of Persia]) ἔπεμψεν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα Μεγάβαζον ἄνδρα
Πέρσην καὶ χρήματα πολλά· ἐπεθύμει γὰρ εἰς τὴν ʼΑττικὴν εἰσβάλλειν πεῖσαι
τοὺς Πελοποννησίους καὶ οὕτως ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου ἀπάγειν τοὺς ʼΑθηναίους. ὡς δὲ
αὐτῷ οὐ προυχώρει, τὸν μὲν Μεγάβαζον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν χρημάτων πάλιν εἰς
τὴν ʼΑσίαν ἀνεκόμισεν, Μεγάβυζον δὲ τὸν Ζωπύρου ἔπεμψεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην
μετὰ στρατιᾶς πολλῆς· ὁ δὲ κατὰ γῆν τούς τε Αἰγυπτίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους
μάχῃ ἐνίκησε καὶ ἐξήλασε τοὺς ῞Ελληνας καὶ τέλος εἰς νῆσον κατέκλῃσε καὶ
ἐπολιόρκει ἐν αὐτῇ· ἔπειτα δὲ παρέτρεψεν ἄλλῃ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὥστε τάς τε ναῦς
(ships) ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ ἐποίησε καὶ τῆς νήσου τὰ πολλὰ ἤπειρον.

κωφός, ­ή, ­όν deaf

ἔντιμος, ­ον honoured

θέλω (= ἐθέλω ) want

σταλαγμός, ­οῦ, ὁ drop

ἀλλʼ(ὰ) ... (γάρ) but indeed, but in truth

πίθος, ­ου, ὁ jar, cask

ὀδυρμός, ­οῦ, ὁ lamentation

ἐπιρροή, ­ῆς, ἡ stream

ἀλγηδών, ­δόνος, ἡ pain, suffering

ἔλυσε gnomic aorist (see note on 5.2.10)

ἀλκή, ­ῆς, ἡ strength

κἀν = καὶ ἐν

κατά + acc. with respect to, in

ἐπιμένω+ stay on

Μεγάβαζος, ­ου, ὁ Megabazus

προχωρέω advance

ʼΑσία, ­ας, ἡ Asia

ἀνακομίζω+ recall

Μεγάβυζος, ­ου, ὁ Megabyzus

Ζώπυρος, ­ου, ὁ Zopyrus

ἐξήλασε aor. of ἐξελαύνω+, drive out

κατακλῄω (=­κλείω) shut up, blockade

παρατρέπω+ divert

ἄλλῃ (adv.) elsewhere

ξηρός, ­ά, ­όν dry

τὸ ξηρόν dry land

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 6
Cover 1. The mind sees and the mid hears; the rest(lit. the other things) [is] deaf and
Introduction blind.
Main Index
Links 2. For many of mortals silence is an advantage.

Unit Key 5 3. [It is ]not the place [that] makes the/a man honoured, but the/a man the place
(lit. it).
Unit Key 7
4. I want a drop of luck [rather] than a cask of wits.
Unit 6
5. The race of men is always wicked.

6. The mother of a coward does not weep (i.e. because her son always runs
away from a battle and so is not killed).

7. But in truth even amid evil(s) lamentation(s) and streams of tears are a
pleasure to mortals; these lighten the sufferings of the mind and release the
excessive troubles of the heart.

8. Many sayings of the ancients are good; for brave words [are] a remedy
against (lit. of) fear for mortals.

9. Terrible [is] the strength of the waves of the sea, terrible [is the strength] of
rivers and the breath of hot fire, terrible (lit. a terrible thing) [is] poverty, and
terrible [are] countless other things, but nothing [is] so terrible as a wicked
woman/wife.

10. Both among mortals and among gods the reputation of the just man alone
remains immortal.

11. A sword wounds the body, a word the mind.

12. Reason [is] a healer of suffering in the soul.

13. The Athenians [who were] in Egypt and their allies stayed on, and
experienced (lit. many forms ..were to them) many forms of warfare. At first,
the Athenians were masters of Egypt, and the King of Persia sent Megabazus, a
Persian, to Lacedaimon, along with (lit. and) a great deal of (lit. much) money;
for he wanted to persuade the Peloponnesians to invade Attica and so draw off
the Athenians from Egypt. But since he had no success/ he was getting nowhere
(lit. it was not going well for him), [the King] recalled Megabazus with (lit.
and) the rest of the money to Asia, and sent Megabyzus, son of Zopyrus, a
Persian, with a large army. He (Megabyzus) defeated the Egyptians and their
allies in a battle by land, expelled the Greeks, and finally blockaded them on an
island and besieged [them] there (lit. in/on it). Then he diverted the water
elsewhere, with the result that he put (lit. made) the ships on dry land and made
most (lit. the many parts) of the island mainland. (Adapted from Thucydides
1.109).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 7
Cover
Introduction Unit 7
Main Index
Links 1# ἄνευ δὲ λύπης οὐδὲ εἷς βροτῶν βίος.

2# ἴσον ἐστὶν εἰς πῦρ καὶ γυναῖκας ἐμπεσεῖν.

Unit 6
3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἷλεν "Ολυνθον Φίλιππος ʼΟλύμπια ἐποίει, εἰς δὲ τὴν θυσίαν
Unit 8
τοὺς τεχνίτας συνήγαγεν.
Unit Key 7 4# εὔκλειαν ἔλαβον οὐκ ἄνευ πολλῶν πόνων.

5# οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε τεῖχος οὔτε χρήματα

οὔτʼ ἄλλο δυσφύλακτον οὐδὲν ὡς γυνή.

6 ἀμήχανον ἐν εὐπραγίαις φθόνον διαφυγεῖν.

7 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος.

8# τὸ γὰρ θανεῖν οὐκ αἰσχρὸν ἀλλʼ αἰσχρῶς θανεῖν.

9 χρὴ μὴ καταφρονεῖν τοῦ πλήθους.

10 The death of Alcibiades

ὁ οὖν Φαρνάβαζος τόν τε ἀδελφὸν Μαγαῖον καὶ τὸν θεῖον Σουσαμίθρην

ἐκέλευσε τὸ ἔργον πράττειν. ἐν δὲ κώμῃ τῆς Φρυγίας ὁ ʼΑλκιβιάδης τότε διῆγε
μετὰ Τιμάνδρας τῆς ἑταίρας, ὄνειρον δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους εἶδε τόδε (lit.this)·
ἐδόκουν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ (his) καίειν οἱ περὶ τὸν Μαγαῖον (Mageus and his
men). τὸ δʼ ὄνειρον εἶδεν οὐ πολὺ πρὸ τῆς τελευτῆς. οἱ δʼ οὖν στρατιῶται οὐκ
ἐτόλμησαν εἰσελθεῖν, τῇ δʼ οἰκίᾳ πῦρ ἐνέβαλον. ὁ οὖν ʼΑλκιβιάδης πρῶτον μὲν
τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ τὰ στρώματα συνήγαγέ τε καὶ ἐπέρριψε τῷ πυρί, ἔπειτα δὲ
ἐξέπεσεν καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐδίωξεν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ εἰς χεῖρας μὲν συνῆλθεν,
ἀκοντίοις δὲ καὶ τοξεύμασιν ἔβαλλον. καὶ οὕτως ἔπεσεν ὁ ʼΑλκιβιάδης, οἱ δὲ
βάρβαροι ἀπῆλθον. ἀλλʼ ἡ Τιμάνδρα τὸν νεκρὸν ἀνεῖλεν καὶ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν
ἐκήδευσε λαμπρῶς καὶ φιλοτίμως.

11 A passage adapted from Xenophon's Anabasis (cf.18.3).

Κλέαρχος δʼ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἦγεν. οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται ἄσιτοι
ἦσαν, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν· οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς εὐθύωρον
ἤγαγε καὶ ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ (at sunset) εἰς τὰς ἐκεῖ κώμας μετὰ τῶν
πρώτων εἰσῆλθεν. οἱ μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι οὕτως κατεσκήνωσαν, οἱ δὲ ὕστεροι
σκοταῖοι ηὐλίζοντο (began to encamp) καὶ κραυγὴν πολλὴν ἐποίουν, ὥστε καὶ
οἱ πολέμιοι ἤκουσαν καὶ ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων. δῆλον δʼ ἦν τῇ
ὑστεραίᾳ· οὔτε γὰρ ὑποζύγιον ἔτʼ οὐδὲν ἐκεῖ ἦν οὔτε στρατόπεδον οὔτε καπνὸς
οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. τῆς μέντοι νυκτὸς καὶ τοῖς ῞Ελλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ
θόρυβος καὶ δοῦπος ἦν. Κλέαρχος δὲ τὸν κήρυκα Τολμίδην ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν
κηρῦξαι καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἤγαγεν.
ἴσος, ­η, ­ον equal i.e. the same

῞Ολυνθος, ­ου, ἡ Olynthus (town in northern Greece)

ʼΟλύμπια ποιέω hold Olympic Games (here a local festival)

τεχνίτης, ­ου, ὁ (theatrical) artist

συνάγω+ bring together

δυσφύλακτος, ­ον difficult to guard

ἀμήχανος, ­ον impossible

εὐπραγία, ­ας, ἡ success

διαφεύγω+ escape, avoid

Μαγαῖος, ­ου, ὁ Magaeus

θεῖος, ­ου, ὁ uncle

Σουσαμίθρης, ­ου, ὁ Sousamithres

Φρυγία, ­ας, ἡ Phrygia (country in north­western Asia Minor)

Τιμάνδρα, ­ας, ἡ Timandra

κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους in his sleep

δʼ οὖν be that as it may, however that may be

στρῶμα, ­ατος, τό bed­cover

ἐπιρρίπτω+ throw on (+ dat.)

ἐκπίπτω+ dash out

εἰς χεῖρας συνέρχομαι+ come to close quarters

ἀκόντιον, ­ου, τό javelin

τόξευμα, ­ατος, τό arrow

κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν as far as possible

κηδεύω attend to (a corpse), bury

λαμπρῶς (adv.) magnificently

φιλοτίμως (adv.) honourably

ἄσιτος, ­ον without food

ἀποκλίνω+ turn aside

εὐθύωρον (adv.) straight ahead

πρῶτοι, ­ων, οἱ the vanguard

κατασκηνόω encamp

ὕστερος, ­α, ­ον [coming] later

σκοταῖος, ­α, ­ον in the dark

σκήνωμα, ­ατος, τό tent

πλησίον (adv.) nearby

δοῦπος, ­ου, ὁ din

Τολμίδης, ­ου, ὁ Tolmides

κηρύττω proclaim

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 7
Cover 1. Not even one human life (lit. life of mortals) [is] without grief.
Introduction
Main Index 2. To fall upon fire and upon women is just the same.
Links
3. For when Philip had captured Olynthus, he held Olympic games, and brought
Unit Key 6 the artists together for (lit. into) the sacrifice.

Unit Key 8 4. I/they got glory only with (lit. not without) many labours.

Unit 7 5. There is neither wall nor money nor any other thing [so] difficult to guard as
a woman.

6. It is impossible to escape envy amidst success (lit. successes).

7. [There is] one race of men, [and] one of gods.

8. For dying is not shameful but dying shamefully.

9. [One] should not despise the people.

10. So Pharnabazus ordered his brother Magaeus and his uncle Sousamithres to
do the deed. Alcibiades was at that time living in a village in (lit. of) Phrygia
with the courtesan Timandra, and in his sleep he had (lit. saw) the following
dream: Magaeus and his men seemed to be burning his body (i.e. it seemed to
him that they ...). And he had (lit. saw) this dream not long (lit. much) before
his death. However that may be, the soldiers did not dare to enter, but set fire to
the house. So, first of all Alcibiades gathered together his clothes and bed­
covers and threw [them] on the fire, and then he dashed out and chased the
barbarians. For no­one came to close quarters, but fired javelins and arrows at
him (lit. hit him with). Thus fell Alcibiades, and the barbarians went off. But
Timandra took up the corpse and buried it magnificently and honourably to the
best of her ability. (Adapted from Plutarch Alcibiades 39.1­4.)

11. Clearchus would not lead (lit. was not leading) them against the enemy; for
the soldiers were unfed, and also it was already late. However, he did not
actually turn aside, but led them straight forward, and at sunset he entered the
villages there with the vanguard. So the vanguard pitched camp in this way (i.e.
before it was dark), but those who came later began to encamp in the dark and
to make much din, so that the enemy both heard [them] and fled from their
tents. It/the situation was clear on the following day; there was neither any
longer any beast­of­burden there nor camp nor smoke anywhere nearby. Yet
during the night fear fell upon the Greeks, and there was a commotion and din.
Clearchus ordered the herald Tolmides to proclaim silence, and at daybreak led
[his men] against the enemy. (Adapted from Xenophon Anabasis 2.2.16­17.)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 8
Cover
Introduction Unit 8
Main Index
Links 1 προφάσεως δεῖται μόνον ἡ πονηρία.

2 τόπων μεταβολαὶ οὔτε φρόνησιν διδάσκουσιν οὔτε ἀφροσύνην ἀφαιροῦνται.

Unit 7
3# ἀνὴρ γὰρ ἄνδρα καὶ πόλις σῴζει πόλιν.
Unit 9
4# κακῆς ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς γίγνεται κακὸν τέλος.
Unit Key 8
5# ἀνδρὸς χαρακτὴρ ἐκ λόγου γνωρίζεται.

6 ἄλλοι μὲν σπείρουσιν, ἄλλοι δὲ ἀμήσονται.

7# ῞Ερως γὰρ ἄνδρας οὐ μόνους ἐπέρχεται

οὐδʼ αὖ γυναῖκας, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεῶν ἄνω

ψυχὰς χαράσσει κἀπὶ (= καὶ ἐπὶ) πόντον ἔρχεται:

καὶ τόνδʼ ἀπείργειν οὐδʼ ὁ παγκρατὴς σθένει

Ζεύς, ἀλλʼ ὑπείκει καὶ θέλων (willingly) ἐγκλίνεται.

8 ἀλώπηξ οὐ δωροδοκεῖται.

9 ἐβόων, ἐξέκρουόν με, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐχλεύαζον: ὑμεῖς δʼ ἐγελᾶτε, καὶ οὔτʼ

ἀκούειν ἠθέλετε οὔτε πιστεύειν ἐβούλεσθε.

10# ἡ γὰρ σιωπὴ τοῖς σοφοῖσιν ἀπόκρισις.

11# τήν τοι Δίκην λέγουσι παῖδʼ εἶναι χρόνου.

12# σὺν μυρίοισι τὰ καλὰ γίγνεται πόνοις.

13# ἐχθροὺς κακῶς δρᾶν ἀνδρὸς ἡγοῦμαι μέρος.

14# οὐ γὰρ παρὰ κρατῆρα καὶ θοίνην μόνον

τὰ χρήματʼ ἀνθρώποισιν ἡδονὰς ἔχει,

ἀλλʼ ἐν κακοῖσι δύναμιν οὐ μικρὰν φέρει.

15 The fate of Abradatas

A passage from Xenophon's biography of Cyrus (cf. 9.2.12).

ὁ δὲ Κῦρος τοὺς ὑπηρέτας ἐκάλεσε καί, ἆρʼ εἴδετε, ἔφη, τὸν ʼΑβραδάταν;
θαυμάζω γὰρ ὅτι πρόσθεν μὲν ἐθάμιζεν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς, νῦν δʼ οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται.
τῶν οὖν ὑπηρετῶν τις (one), ὦ δέσποτα, ἔφη, οὐ ζῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἀπέθανεν
ἐπεὶ ἐνέβαλε τὸ ἅρμα εἰς τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους· οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι πλὴν τῶν ἑταίρων αὐτοῦ
ἔφυγον, ὥς φασιν, ἐπεὶ τὸ στῖφος εἶδον τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. καὶ νῦν γε, ἔφη,
λέγεται ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ τὸν νεκρὸν ἐν τῇ ἁρμαμάξῃ ἔχειν καὶ προσάγειν αὐτὸν
δεῦρο πρὸς τὸν Πακτωλὸν ποταμόν. καὶ τοὺς μὲν εὐνούχους καὶ τοὺς
θεράποντας αὐτοῦ ὀρύττειν φασὶν ἐπὶ λόφου θήκην τῷ νεκρῷ· τὴν δὲ γυναῖκα
λέγουσιν ὡς καθίζει χαμαί, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐπὶ τοῖς γόνασιν ἔχει.

πρόφασις, ­εως, ἡ excuse, pretext

φρόνησις, ­εως, ἡ prudence

ἀφροσύνη, ­ης, ἡ imprudence, foolishness

γνωρίζω make known

ἀμάομαι reap

χαράσσω (= ­ττω) whet, stimulate

# παγκρατής, ­οῦ, ὁ all­powerful

# σθένω have power

ὑπείκω yield

ἐγκλίνομαι give way

δωροδοκέω bribe

ἐκκρούω hiss off (the stage)

χλευάζω scoff, jeer

θοίνη, ­ης, ἡ meal, feast

ὑπηρέτης, ­ου, ὁ staff­officer, aide

ʼΑβραδάτας, ­ου, ὁ Abradatas

θαμίζω come often

ἅρμα, ­ατος, τό chariot

στῖφος, ­ους, τό dense array

ἁρμάμαξα, ­ης, ἡ carriage

Πακτωλός, ­οῦ, ὁ Pactolus (river in Asia Minor)

εὐνοῦχος, ­ου, ὁ eunuch

ὀρύττω dig

χαμαί (adv.) on the ground

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 8
Cover 1. Only wickedness needs an excuse.
Introduction
Main Index 2. Changing place (lit. places) neither teaches prudence nor removes
Links imprudence.

Unit Key 7 3. For a man saves a man and a city a city.

Unit Key 9 4. A bad end results (lit. comes into being) from a bad beginning.

Unit 8 5. A man's character is made known from his speech.

6. Some sow, others will reap.

7. For Love comes not upon men alone nor again (only) upon women, but also
stimulates the souls of the gods above and goes over the sea (i.e. has an effect
on creatures that live in the sea) And not even all­mighty Zeus has the power to
prevent him (lit. this [god]), but yields and willingly gives way. (Sophocles
fragment 684)

8. A fox cannot be (lit. is not) bribed.

9. They shouted, they hissed [me] off, and then they jeered; but you laughed,
and neither were willing to listen nor wished to believe [i.e. me].

10. For the wise silence is an answer.

11. Indeed they say that Justice is the child of time.

12. Fine prizes are won (lit. beautiful things come into being) [only] with
countless toils.

13. I think it is the duty of a man to do ill to his enemies.

14. Money brings not only pleasure to men beside the mixing­bowl and the
feast, but also brings no little power in the midst of trouble(s).

15. Cyrus summoned his aides and said, 'Did you see Abradatas? For I am
surprised that, although he used often to come to [visit] me (lit. us), now he is
nowhere to be seen.' So one of the aides said, 'Master, he is not alive, but was
killed in the battle after he drove his chariot into the [ranks of] the Egyptians.
The rest of his men, with the exception of his [close] companions, they say,
fled, when they saw the dense array of the Egyptians. And now it is said that his
wife (lit. his wife is said) has his body in her carriage and is taking it to the
River Pactolus (ἔφη need not be translated). They say that his eunuchs and
servants are digging a grave for the dead man on a hill; and that his wife
(λέγουσιν need not be translated) is sitting on the ground, holding (lit. and she
has) her husband's head on her lap.' (Adapted from Xenophon Cyropaedia
7.3.2).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 9
Cover
Introduction Unit 9
Main Index
Links 1 ἕκαστος αὐτὸς αὑτῷ φίλος.

2 νεκρὸν ἰατρεύειν καὶ γέροντα νουθετεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν.

Unit 8
3 τὸ ἀποδημεῖν ἡ ἀρίστη παιδεία.
Unit 10
4# νοῦς ἐστιν ὁ θεός· τοῦτον οὖν ἔχειν καλόν.
Unit Key 9
5 ἄκαιρος εὔνοια οὐδὲν ἔχθρας διαφέρει.

6 αἰσχρὸν πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λίθον δὶς προσκρούειν.

7 εἶτα τότʼ οὐκ ἔλεγες παραχρῆμα ταῦτα οὐδʼ ἐδίδασκες ἡμᾶς;

8# αὐτά σε διδάσκει τοῦ βίου τὰ πράγματα.

9 ἃ ἐπράττετο οὐκ ἐγένετο.

10# ὄφιν τρέφειν καὶ εὐεργετεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν.

11# τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ ζῆν, μὴ σεαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον.

12 Libyan customs

Another story which Herodotus brought back from Egypt (cf. Unit 4 above).

πρὸς δʼ ἑσπέρας τῆς Τριτωνίδος λίμνης οὐκέτι νομάδες εἰσὶ Λίβυες οὐδὲ
νόμοις τοῖς αὐτοῖς χρῶνται, οὐδὲ κατὰ τοὺς παῖδας ποιοῦσιν ἃ καὶ οἱ νομάδες
φιλοῦσιν ποιεῖν. οἱ γὰρ δὴ τῶν Λιβύων νομάδες, εἰ μὲν πάντες, οὐκ ἔχω
ἀκριβῶς τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ποιοῦσι δὲ αὐτῶν πολλοὶ τάδε· τῶν παίδων τῷ πέμπτῳ
ἔτει οἰσύπῃ προβάτων καίουσι τὰς ἐν ταῖς κορυφαῖς φλέβας, ὀλίγοι δὲ αὐτῶν
τὰς ἐν τοῖς κροτάφοις· οὕτως γὰρ εἰς τὸν πάντα χρόνον οὐ βλάπτει αὐτοὺς
οὐδέποτε τὸ φλέγμα ὃ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς καταρρεῖ. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς
λέγουσιν εἶναι μάλα ὑγιηρούς· εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ Λίβυες τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑγιηρότατοι
(most healthy), εἰ μὲν διὰ τοῦτο, οὐκ ἔχω ἀκριβῶς εἰπεῖν, ὑγιηρότατοι δʼ εἰσί.
καὶ ἄκος ἔχουσι τῶν σπασμῶν οἳ πολλάκις ἐμπίπτουσι τοῖς παισί: τράγου γὰρ
οὖρον καταχέουσι καὶ οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἰῶνται. λέγω δὲ ἃ λέγουσιν αὐτοὶ οἱ
Λίβυες.

ἰατρεύω treat, cure

ἀποδημέω be/go abroad

ἄκαιρος, ­ον ill­timed, inopportune

προσκρούω stumble against

παραχρῆμα (adv.) forthwith, immediately

πρὸς ἑσπέρας towards the west

Τριτωνίς, ­ίδος, ἡ Lake Tritonis

νομάς, ­άδος, ὁ, ἡ pastoral, nomadic

οἰσύπη, ­ης, ἡ grease extracted from sheep's wool

κορυφή, ­ῆς, ἡ top of the head

κρόταφοι, ­ων, οἱ temples (of the head)

φλέψ, φλεβός, ἡ vein

φλέγμα, ­ατος, τό phlegm

καταρρέω flow down

ὑγιηρός, ­ά, ­όν healthy

ἄκος, ­ους, τό cure

σπασμός, ­οῦ, ὁ convulsion

τράγος, ­ου, ὁ goat

οὖρον, ­ου, τό urine

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 9
Cover 1. Each man [is] his own friend (lit. himself a friend to himself).
Introduction
Main Index 2. There is no difference between (lit. it is the same thing to) treating a corpse
Links and rebuking an old man.

Unit Key 8 3. Travel (lit. going abroad) is the best education.

Unit Key 10 4. God is intelligence; so to have this [is] a fine thing.

Unit 9 5. Inopportune goodwill differs in no way from enmity.

6. [It is] disgraceful to stumble against the same stone twice.

7. Then did you not at that time say this forthwith and instruct us?

8. The business of life itself teaches you.

9. What was being done (i.e. trying to be done) did not eventuate.

10. To nurture a snake and to do good is the same thing.

11. This is life [viz] not living for yourself alone.

12. But towards the west of Lake Tritonis the Libyans are no longer nomads
nor employ the same customs, nor with respect to their children act as (lit. do
what) the nomads are accustomed to act. For the nomads among the Libyans do
the following ( I cannot say exactly if all of them (sc. do so) but many of them
do): in their children's fifth year (i.e. when they are four) they burn with the
grease of sheep's wool the veins on the tops of their heads, and a few of them
[burn] the [veins] on their temples; for in this way the phlegm which flows
down from the head never afflicts them (lit. does not never afflict). They say
that, for this reason (lit. on account of this), they (i.e. their children) are very
healthy. For the Libyans are the most healthy of men, whether for this reason I
cannot accurately say, but they are [certainly] most healthy. They have a
remedy against convulsions, which frequently afflict children: they pour a
goat's urine over them and heal them in this way. I am recounting what the
Libyans themselves say. (Adapted from Herodotus 4. 187.)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 10
Cover
Introduction Unit 10
Main Index
Links 1 ʼΑριστοτέλης τῆς παιδείας ἔφη τὰς μὲν ῥίζας εἶναι πικράς, γλυκεῖς δὲ τοὺς
καρπούς.
Unit 9
2# οὐδεὶς ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ αἰεὶ φιλεῖ.
Unit 11
3# τὰ θνητὰ πάντα μεταβολὰς πολλὰς ἔχει.
Unit Key 10 4# ἅπαντα νικᾷ καὶ μεταστρέφει τύχη.

5 ἅπανθʼ ὁ λιμὸς γλυκέα πλὴν αὑτοῦ ποιεῖ.

6 πάντων ἰατρὸς τῶν ἀναγκαίων κακῶν χρόνος ἐστίν.

7 ἡ πενία πολλῶν ἐστιν ἐνδεής, ἡ ἀπληστία πάντων.

8 τοῦ βίου, καθάπερ ἀγάλματος, δεῖ πάντα τὰ μέρη καλὰ εἶναι.

9 πότερον ταῦτα πάντα ἠδίκει καὶ παρεσπόνδει καὶ ἔλυε τὴν εἰρήνην ἢ οὔ;

10 ὑμεῖς γὰρ ταῦτʼ ἐπράττετε, καὶ ταῦτα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἤρεσκεν.

11# ῥώμη δέ τʼ ἀμαθὴς πολλάκις τίκτει βλάβην.

12# ἀλλʼ εὖ φέρειν χρὴ συμφορὰς τὸν εὐγενῆ.

13 ὅπου τις ἀλγεῖ, κεῖσε καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἔχει.

14# πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγκην πάντα τἆλλʼ ἔστʼ ἀσθενῆ.

15# ἀλλʼ ἡμέρα τοι πολλὰ καὶ μέλαινα νὺξ

τίκτει βροτοῖσιν.

16# ἀνὴρ δὲ χρηστὸς χρηστὸν οὐ μισεῖ ποτε.

17 τὸ νικᾶν αὐτὸν ἑαυτὸν πασῶν νικῶν πρώτη καὶ ἀρίστη.

18 False logic

From Plato's Euthydemus

ὦ Κτήσιππε, ἔφη ὁ Διονυσόδωρος, ἔστι σοι κύων;

καὶ μάλα πονηρός, ἔφη ὁ Κτήσιππος.

ἔστιν οὖν αὐτῷ κυνίδια;

καὶ μάλʼ, ἔφη, ἕτερα παραπλήσια.

οὐκοῦν πατήρ ἐστιν αὐτῶν ὁ κύων;

ὤχευέ γʼ, ἔφη, τὴν κύνα: τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτὸς εἶδον.

τί οὖν; οὐ σός ἐστιν ὁ κύων;

πάνυ γʼ , ἔφη.

οὐκοῦν πατὴρ ὢν (being) σός ἐστιν, ὥστε σὸς πατὴρ γίγνεται ὁ κύων καὶ σὺ
κυναρίων ἀδελφός;

καὶ αὖθις ταχὺ ὑπέλαβεν ὁ Διονυσόδωρος καὶ ἤρετο: τύπτεις τὸν κύνα τοῦτον;

καὶ ὁ Κτήσιππος, νὴ τοὺς θεούς (yes, by the gods), ἔφη: οὐ γὰρ δύναμαι σέ.

οὐκοῦν τὸν σαυτοῦ πατέρα, ἔφη, τύπτεις;

χρὴ μέντοι, ἔφη, τὸν ὑμέτερον πατέρα μᾶλλον τύπτειν, διότι υἱοὺς οὕτως
σοφοὺς ἔφυσεν.

ῥίζα, ­ης, ἡ root, foundation

μεταστρέφω change, alter

ἐνδεής, ­ές lacking in, in need of (+ gen.)

ἀπληστία, ­ας, ἡ greediness

καθάπερ (adv.) just as

ἄγαλμα, ­ατος, τό statue

καθάπερ (adv.) just as

παρασπονδέω break a treaty

ἀρέσκω be pleasing to (+ dat.)

κυνίδιον, ­ου, τό puppy

ὀχεύω mount, cover (a female animal)

κυνάριον, ­ου, τό puppy

δύναμαι be able (19.1/3b)

ὑμέτερον the second plural possessive adjective is used because the brother of
Dionysodorus is present

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 10
Cover 1. Aristotle said that the roots of learning were bitter but the fruits sweet.
Introduction
Main Index 2. [There is] no lover who is not always in love (lit. does not love always).
Links
3. Everything mortal (lit. all mortal things) has/involves many vicissitudes.
Unit Key 9
4. Fortune conquers and alters everything.
Unit Key 11
5. Hunger makes everything sweet except itself.
Unit 10
6. Time is the healer of all necessary evils.

7. Poverty lacks many things, greed [lacks] everything.

8. All the parts of life, just as of a statue, must be beautiful.

9. Did he commit all these injustices and violate the truce and break the peace
or not?

10. For you did all this and this pleased all of you.

11. Ignorant strength often begets/produces harm.

12. But the noble man ought to bear disasters well.

13. Where a man is in pain, there he also directs (lit. has) his mind.

14. In the face of necessity everything else (lit. all other things) is weak.

15. But day and black night beget/produce many things for mortals.

16. A good man never (lit. not ever) hates a[nother] good man.

17. To conquer oneself (lit. [a man] himself to conquer himself) [is] the
foremost and best of all victories.

18. 'Ctesippus,' said Dionysodorus, 'do you have (lit. is there to you) a dog?'

'[Yes], a very mischievous [one],' said Ctesippus.

'Does he have (lit. is there to him) puppies?'
'[Yes], certainly, just like himself (lit. others resembling [him]).'
'So the dog is their father?'
'[Yes (see 13.1/3b)], he covered the bitch; for I saw this myself.'
'What then? Is the dog not yours?'
'Certainly,' he said.
'So, being a father, he is yours, so that the dog is your father and you are the
puppies' brother.'
Dionysodorus quickly took up [the questioning] again and asked, 'Do you beat
this dog?'
Ctesippus said, 'Absolutely; for I can't [beat] you.'
'So,' he said, 'do you beat your own father?'
'I ought rather,' he said. 'to beat your father, because he produced such clever
sons.' (Adapted from Plato Euthydemus 298d ff.)
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Extra Reading: Units 6 ­ 10
Cover
Introduction Extra reading for units 6­10
Main Index
Links 1# χρυσὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὃς βροτῶν ἔχει κράτη.

2# ὁ νοῦς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν ἐν ἑκάστῳ θεός.

Extra Reading
2­5 3# φῶς ἐστι τῷ νῷ πρὸς θεὸν βλέπειν ἀεί.
Extra Reading 4# χρυσὸς δʼ ἀνοίγει πάντα, καὶ χαλκᾶς πύλας.
11­15
5# ὑγίεια καὶ νοῦς ἀγαθὰ τῷ βίῳ πέλει.
Extra Reading
Key 6 ­ 10 6# τί γὰρ καλὸν ζῆν βίον ὃς λύπας φέρει;

7# ἄνευ προφάσεως οὐδὲν ἀνθρώποις κακόν.

8# βίου δικαίου γίγνεται τέλος καλόν.

9# ἐν μυρίοις τὰ καλὰ γίγνεται πόνοις.

10# πολλῶν ὁ καιρὸς γίγνεται διδάσκαλος.

11# ὅστις λέγει μὲν εὖ, τὰ δʼ ἔργʼ ἐφʼ οἷς λέγει

αἴσχρʼ ἐστί, τούτου τὸ σοφὸν οὐκ αἰνῶ ποτέ.

12# μισῶ σοφιστὴν ὅστις οὐχ αὑτῷ σοφός.

13# ἅπαντα τίκτει χθὼν πάλιν τε λαμβάνει.

14# δεῖ τοὺς μὲν εἶναι δυστυχεῖς, τοὺς δʼ εὐτυχεῖς.

15# οὐπώποτʼ ἐζήλωσα πολυτελῆ νεκρόν.

16# ὀχληρός ἐστʼ ἄνθρωπος ἐν νέοις γέρων.

17 ἀνδρῶν ἐπιφανῶν πᾶσα γῆ τάφος.

18 Ἆγις ὁ βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἔφη τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους ἐρωτᾶν πόσοι εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ
ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ πολέμιοι.

19# τὸ γὰρ βρότειον σπέρμʼ ἐφʼ ἡμέραν φρονεῖ

καὶ πιστὸν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἢ καπνοῦ σκιά.

20# καλόν γʼ ἀληθὴς κἀτενὴς (= καὶ ἀτενὴς) παρρησία.

21# ὥστε οὔτις ἀνδρῶν εἰς ἅπαντʼ εὐδαιμονεῖ.

# βροτῶν gen. after κράτη (< κράτος, ­ους, τό mastery [over])

ἀνοίγω open

# πέλω (usually πέλομαι) be

# αἰνέω praise

οὐπώποτε (adv.) never yet

πολυτελής, ­ές given an expensive funeral

ὀχληρός, ­ά, ­όν troublesome, annoying

ἐπιφανής, ­ές famous, renowned

# βρότειος, ­ον mortal, human

ἐφʼ ἡμέραν for a day

ἀτενής, ­ές straight, earnest

παρρησία, ­ας, ἡ freedom of speech

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Extra Reading: Units 6 ­ 10
Cover 1. For it is gold which has mastery (lit. masteries) over mortals.
Introduction
Main Index 2. For the mind is a god in each of us.
Links
3. To look always to God is a light for the mind.
Extra Reading
Key 2­5 4. Gold opens everything, even bronze gates.

Extra Reading 5. Wealth and intelligence are boons (lit. good things) for life.
Key 11­15
6. For in what respect is a life good which brings sufferings?
Extra Reading
Unit 6­10 7. [There is] no evil for men which does not have (lit. without) an excuse.

8. The end of a just life is fine.

9. The good is realised (lit. comes into being) [only] by (lit. in) countless toils.

10. Time is the teacher of many things.

11. I never praise the cleverness (lit. wise thing) of the man who speaks well,
but the deeds over which he speaks are base (lit. whoever speaks ....., of him I
do not ever praise the cleverness.)

12. I hate the sage who [is] not wise for himself.

13. The earth brings forth and takes back everything.

14. Some men must be unfortunate, others fortunate.

15. I have never yet envied a corpse given an expensive funeral.

16. Troublesome is an old man among the young.

17. The whole earth is the tomb of famous men.

18. Agis the king said that the Spartans did not ask the numbers of (lit. how
many were) the enemy, but their location (lit. where they were).

19. For the seed of mortal men is wise for a day and is in no way more
trustworthy than the shadow of smoke.

20. True and earnest freedom of speech is a fine thing.

21. So no­one of men prospers in everything (lit. with respect to all things).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 11
Cover
Introduction Unit 11
Main Index
Links 1# βουλῇ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς εὖ μὲν οἰκοῦνται πόλεις,

εὖ δʼ οἶκος. ἔς τʼ αὖ πόλεμον ἰσχύει μέγα:

Unit 10
σοφὸν γὰρ ἓν βούλευμα τὰς πολλὰς χέρας
Unit 12
νικᾷ, σὺν ὄχλῳ δʼ ἀμαθία πλεῖστον κακόν.
Unit Key 11
2 πολλαῖσι πληγαῖς δρῦς δαμάζεται.

3# ναῦν τοι μίʼ ἄγκυρʼ οὐδαμῶς σῴζειν φιλεῖ.

4 μώρῳ καὶ βασιλεῖ νόμος ἄγραφος.

5 ἐκ τοῦ βοὸς ἡ μάστιξ γίγνεται.

6 ἐπειρώμην τι λέγειν ὧν εἰς τὴν βουλὴν ἀπήγγειλα.

7# ἀνδρὸς ὑπʼ ἐσθλοῦ καὶ τυραννεῖσθαι καλόν.

8# ὦ παῖ Διώνης, ὡς ἔφυς μέγας θεός,

Διόνυσε, θνητοῖς τʼ οὐδαμῶς ὑποστατός.

9# ἐξ ἡδονῆς γὰρ φύεται τὸ δυστυχεῖν.

10# λιμὴν νεὼς ὅρμος, βίου δʼ ἀλυπία.

11# ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης πάντα δουλοῦται ταχύ.

12 More stories about Diogenes

(i) ὁ δὲ Διογένης ἔλεγε τάδε· τῶν θεῶν ἐστι πάντα· φίλοι δὲ οἱ σοφοὶ τοῖς θεοῖς·
κοινὰ δὲ τὰ τῶν φίλων. πάντʼ ἄρα ἐστὶ τῶν σοφῶν.

(ii) Πλάτωνος ὁρισαμένου (having formulated the definition), ἄνθρωπός ἐστι

ζῷον δίπουν ἄπτερον, τίλας ἀλεκτρυόνα εἰσήνεγκεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σχολὴν καί
φησιν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Πλάτωνος ἄνθρωπος.

(iii) ἐπορεύετο ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς ʼΑθήνας· πρὸς οὖν τὸν πυθόμενον (the
[man] asking), ποῖ καὶ πόθεν; ἐκ τῆς ἀνδρωνίτιδος, εἶπεν, εἰς τὴν
γυναικωνῖτιν.

(iv) ἐρωτηθεὶς (having been asked) ποίῳ καιρῷ δεῖ γαμεῖν, ἔφη, τοὺς μὲν νέους
μηδέπω, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους μηδεπώποτε.

13 From Xenophon's Anabasis.

ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ ἀεὶ εἶχον τὸν ἥλιον. ἐβούλοντο
δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι (at sunset) εἰς κώμας τῆς Βαβυλωνίας χώρας ἀφικέσθαι·
καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθησαν. ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν πολεμίους ὁρᾶν
ἱππέας, καὶ ʼΑριαῖος, ὃς ἐφʼ ἁμάξης ἐπορεύετο διὰ τὰ τραύματα, κατέβη καὶ
ἐθωρακίζετο καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ὡπλίζοντο ἧκον οἱ σκοποὶ οἳ
προεπέμφθησαν καὶ εἶπον ὅτι οὐχ ἱππεῖς εἰσιν, ἀλλʼ ὑποζύγια νέμονται. καὶ
εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν πάντες ὅτι ἐγγύς που ἐστρατοπεδεύετο βασιλεύς· καὶ γὰρ
καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω.

οἰκέω manage, govern

ἰσχύω be strong

μέγα (adv.) greatly, much

βούλευμα, ­ατος, τό counsel, plan

δρῦς, δρυός, ἡ oak­tree

# δαμάζω overcome, overthrow

μίʼ i.e. μία

ἄγραφος, ­ον unwritten

μάστιξ, ­ιγος, ἡ whip

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν good, noble

τυραννέομαι be ruled

Διώνη, ­ης, ἡ Dione (a consort of Zeus)

# ὑποστατός, ­όν to be withstood

ὅρμος, ­ου, ὁ anchorage, haven

ἀλυπία, ­ας, ἡ freedom from pain or grief

ταχύ (adv.) quickly

ὁρίζομαι formulate a definition

δίπους, ­ποδος, ὁ, ἡ two­footed

ἄπτερος, ­ον featherless

τίλλω pluck

ἀλεκτρυών, ­όνος, ὁ cock

σχολή, ­ῆς, ἡ school

ἀνδρωνῖτις, ­ιδος, ἡ men's quarters

μηδέπω (adv.) not yet

μηδεπώποτε (adv.) never yet at any time

Βαβυλωνία, ­ας, ἡ Babylonia

ψεύδομαι be deceived or disappointed in (+ acc.)

δείλη, ­ης, ἡ afternoon

θωρακίζομαι put on one's breastplate

ἐν ᾧ while

ὁπλίζομαι arm oneself

σκοπός, ­οῦ, ὁ scout

προπέμπω+ send ahead

νέμομαι graze, feed

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 11
Cover From this point the omission of the verb to be will no longer be indicated by
Introduction square brackets.
Main Index
Links 1. For by the counsel of a man cities are well governed, as is the home (lit. and
the home is well [governed]). And again with respect to war it (sc. good
Unit Key 10 counsel) has great strength. For one wise plan defeats many hands, and
ignorance together with a mob is the greatest evil.
Unit Key 12
2. An oak is/can be overcome with many blows.
Unit 11
3. One anchor is in no way accustomed to save a ship (ships were normally
secured with two anchors).

4. The law is unwritten even for a stupid king.

5. The whip comes/is made from the ox (i.e. the ox provides the material from
which an instrument to beat it is made).

6. I was trying to say something of what I had announced to the Council.

7. It is even a good thing to be ruled by a noble man.

8. O son of Dione, how great a god you are, Dionysus, and in no wise to be
withstood by mortals.

9. Misfortune is produced by (lit. from) pleasure.

10. The haven of a ship is a harbour, of life [it is] freedom from grief.

11. Everything is quickly subjected by necessity.

12. (i) Diogenes made the following statement (lit. spoke as follows):
'Everything belongs to (lit. is of) the gods; the wise are the gods' friends; the
property of friends is shared (lit. common). Hence everything belongs to the
wise.'

(ii) When Plato formulated the definition [that] man is a two­footed featherless
creature, he plucked (lit. having plucked) a cock and brought it to the school
and said (lit. says), 'This is Plato's man.'
(iii) He was travelling from Sparta to Athens. So, to the man who asked [him]
where [he was going] and from where [he had come], he said, 'From the men's
quarters to the women's quarters.'
(iv) When he was asked at what time [one] should marry, he said, 'The young
not yet, and the rest never at all.'

13. For, when day broke (lit. came into being), they set out on the march and
kept (lit. they always had) the sun on their right. They wanted to reach [some]
villages in (lit. of) Babylonian territory at sunset. And in this they were not
disappointed. While it was still afternoon (lit. still at the time of afternoon) they
thought that they saw (lit. they seemed to see) [some] enemy cavalry, and
Ariaeus, who was travelling in a wagon because of his wounds, got down and
began to put on his breastplate, as did those with him. While they were arming
themselves, the scouts who had been sent ahead came [back] and said that they
were not cavalry but beasts of burden [who] were grazing. Immediately they all
realised that the King was encamping somewhere nearby. In fact, smoke was
seen in villages not far off. (Adapted from Xenophon Anabasis 2, 2,13).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 12
Cover
Introduction Unit 12
Main Index
Links 1 ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τοῦ μαινομένου χρόνῳ διαφέρει.

2 βραχὺς ὁ βίος ἀνθρώπῳ εὖ πράττοντι, δυστυχοῦντι δὲ μακρός.

Unit 11
3 οὐδὲν γίγνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος.
Unit 13
4# ὦ φίλε, γαμεῖς σὺ σχοινίων πωλουμένων;
Unit Key 12
5# οὐδεὶς ἐπλούτησεν ταχέως δίκαιος ὤν.

6# πόνου μεταλλαχθέντος οἱ πόνοι γλυκεῖς.

7# τί κέρδος οὐκέτʼ ὄντας ὑβρίζειν νεκρούς;

8 παρὼν ἀποδημεῖς.

9 ἔρως θάλλει μὲν εὐπορῶν, ἀποθνῄσκει δὲ ἀπορῶν.

10# οἴνου δὲ μηκέτʼ ὄντος οὐκ ἔστιν Κύπρις.

11# τῶν εὐτυχούντων πάντες εἰσὶ συγγενεῖς.

12# πένης λέγων τἀληθὲς οὐ πιστεύεται.

13# μοχθεῖν ἀνάγκη τοὺς θέλοντας εὐτυχεῖν.

14# πολλοὶ κακῶς πράττουσιν οὐκ ὄντες κακοί.

15# ὡς ἡδὺ πατέρα παισὶν ἤπιον κυρεῖν

καὶ παῖδας εἶναι πατρὶ μὴ στυγουμένους.

16# μακάριος ὅστις εὐτυχεῖ γάμον λαβὼν ἐσθλῆς γυναικὸς, δυστυχεῖ δʼ ὁ μὴ

λαβών.

17# ῥῆμα παρὰ καιρὸν ῥηθὲν ἀνατρέπει βίον.

18# τῶν δυστυχούντων εὐτυχὴς οὐδεὶς φίλος.

19# φεύγειν ἀεὶ δεῖ δεσπότας θυμουμένους.

20 From a speech of Lysias (cf. 7.2.13), written for the brother­in­law of

Dionysodorus against Agoratos, an Athenian who had operated as an informer
when the Thirty Tyrants were in power.

ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, θάνατος αὐτῶν κατεγνώσθη καὶ ἔδει αὐτοὺς
ἀποθνῄσκειν, μεταπέμπονται εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ὁ μὲν ἀδελφήν, ὁ δὲ μητέρα,
ὁ δὲ γυναῖκα, καὶ δὴ καὶ Διονυσόδωρος μεταπέμπεται τὴν ἀδελφὴν τὴν ἐμὴν εἰς
τὸ δεσμωτήριον, γυναῖκα ἑαυτοῦ οὖσαν. πυθομένη δʼ ἐκείνη ἀφικνεῖται, μέλαν
τὸ ἱμάτιον ἔχουσα, ὡς εἰκὸς ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς οὕτω παθόντι. ἐναντίον δὲ
τῆς ἀδελφῆς τῆς ἐμῆς Διονυσόδωρος τά τε οἰκεῖα τὰ αὑτοῦ διέθετο (disposed
of) ὅπως αὐτῷ ἐδόκει, καὶ περὶ ʼΑγοράτου τουτουὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οἱ αἴτιος ἦν τοῦ
θανάτου, καὶ ἐπέσκηπτεν ἐμοὶ καὶ Διονυσίῳ τουτῳί, τῷ ἀδελφῷ τῷ αὑτοῦ, καὶ
τοῖς φίλοις πᾶσι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ʼΑγόρατον. καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ τῇ αὑτοῦ
ἐπέσκηπτε φράζειν τῷ υἱῷ ὅτι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ʼΑγόρατος ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ
κελεύειν τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ὡς φονέα ὄντα.

ἐπλούτησεν gnomic aorist (5.2.10 note)

μεταλλάττω change, alter

ἀποδημέω be away or absent

θάλλω flourish

εὐπορέω prosper, have plenty

ἤπιος, ­α, ­ον gentle, kind

# κυρέω be

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν good, faithful

παρὰ καιρόν inopportunely

ῥηθέν (neut. aor. pple. pass. of λέγω) spoken

ἀνατρέπω+ overthrow, upset

θυμόομαι be angry

εἰκός (neut. pple. of ἔοικα, 19.1/3a) natural, reasonable

ἐπί (+ dat.) in the case of

οἰκεῖα, ­ων, τά personal property

ʼΑγόρατος, ­ου, ὁ Agoratus

οἱ dat. of indirect refl. (9.1/4a)

ἐπισκήπτω lay a charge on, command (+ dat.)

Διονύσιος, ­ου, ὁ Dionysius (brother of Dionysodorus)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 12
Cover 1. Time is the [only] difference between an angry man and a madman (lit. an
Introduction angry man differs from a madman [only] in time; i.e. passing from anger to
Main Index madness is only a matter of time).
Links
2. For the man who prospers life is short, for the man who is unfortunate [it is]
Unit Key 11 long.

Unit Key 13 3. Nothing comes into being out of nothing (lit. from the not existing thing); cf.
the Latin nihil ex nihilo.]
Unit 12
4. [My] friend, are you getting married when/although you can buy a rope (sc.
and hang yourself) (lit. when ropes are being sold).

5. No­one who is (lit. being) just gets rich quickly.

6. Toils [become] sweet when toil has been altered (i.e. a change in work is
welcome).

7. What profit is there in outraging (lit. to outrage) corpses which are no longer
alive (lit. no longer existing).

8. Although you are here you are absent.

9. Love flourishes when it is well­provided, it dies when it is ill­provided.

10. If the wine is finished (lit. no longer existing) the Cyprian (sc. goddess i.e.
Aphrodite, the goddess of sexual love) disappears (lit. does not exist; i.e. wine
is a vital part of sexual love).

11. Everyone is a kinsman of those who prosper.

12. When a poor man speaks the truth he is not believed.

13. Those who wish to prosper must labour hard.

14. Many who are not bad fare badly,

15. How sweet it is when a father is (lit. a father to be) kind to his children and
when children are not (lit. children not to be) hateful to their father.

16. Blessed is he who is fortunate [enough] to have married (lit. having got the
marriage of) a good wife, but he who has not (lit. the man not having got [the
marriage of a good wife]) is unfortunate.

17. A word spoken inopportunely can upset (lit. upsets) [one's] life.

18. No­one who is fortunate is the friend of those who are unfortunate.

19. One must always avoid masters who are angry.

20. Now, gentlemen of the jury, when they had been condemned to death (lit.
death had been decided against them) and they had to be put to death, they sent
for (historic pres.) (sc. their relatives) [to come] to the prison, one man his
sister, another his mother, another his wife, and in particular Dionysodorus sent
for (historic pres.) my sister, his wife, to come to the prison. When she got the
news, she arrived (historic pres.) wearing a black cloak, as you might expect
(lit. was natural) in view of the catastrophe her husband had experienced (lit. in
the case of her husband having suffered in this way). In the presence of my
sister Dionysodorus disposed of his personal property as he saw fit, and
concerning the defendant (lit. this here) Agoratus he said that he was
responsible for his death; and he charged me and his brother Dionysius here
and all his friends to exact vengeance on Agoratus on his behalf. And he
charged his wife to tell their son that Agoratus had killed his father and to urge
him to take vengeance on his behalf on him as being the murderer. (Adapted
from Lysias Against Agoratus 39­42.)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 13
Cover
Introduction Unit 13
Main Index
Links 1# πενίαν φέρειν καὶ γῆράς ἐστι δύσκολον.

2# πατρὸς δʼ ἀνάγκη παισὶν πείθεσθαι λόγῳ.

Unit 12
3 τίς οὖν ἄρξει τοῦ ἄρχοντος;
Unit 14
4 ἄλλος ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ἥδεται τρόποις.
Unit Key 13
5# φεῦ, φεῦ, τὸ γῆρας ὡς ἔχει πολλὰς νόσους.

6# δεῖ τοῖσι πολλοῖς τὸν τύραννον ἁνδάνειν.

7# ὅστις δὲ δούλῳ φωτὶ πιστεύει βροτῶν,

πολλὴν παρʼ ἡμῖν μωρίαν ὀφλισκάνει.

8# αἰδὼς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι φαίνεται, τέκνον.

9# τὸ γῆρας τὴν Κύπριν χαίρειν ἐᾷ

ἥ τʼ ʼΑφροδίτη τοῖς γέρουσιν ἄχθεται.

10# βίος βίου δεόμενος οὐκ ἔστιν βίος.

11# γυναικὸς ἐσθλῆς ἐπιτυχεῖν οὐ ῥᾴδιον.

12# θεῷ μάχεσθαι δεινόν ἐστι καὶ τύχῃ.

13# ὕβριν δὲ τίκτει πλοῦτος, οὐ φειδὼ βίου.

14 Earthquakes and tsunamis

Greece has always been subject to earthquakes. Thucydides here describes a

series which occurred in 426 BC.

τοῦ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένου θέρους Πελοποννήσιοι καὶ οἱ ξύμμαχοι μέχρι μὲν

τοῦ ʼΙσθμοῦ ἦλθον ὡς ἐς τὴν ʼΑττικὴν ἐσβαλοῦντες,ʼ́Αγιδος τοῦ ʼΑρχιδάμου
ἡγουμένου Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλέως, σεισμῶν δὲ γενομένων πολλῶν
ἀπετράποντο πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἐσβολή. καὶ περὶ τούτους τοὺς χρόνους,
τῶν σεισμῶν κατεχόντων, τῆς Εὐβοίας ἐν ʼΟροβίαις ἡ θάλασσα
ἐπανελθοῦσα ἀπὸ τῆς τότε οὔσης γῆς καὶ κυματωθεῖσα ἐπῆλθε τῆς πόλεως
μέρος τι, καὶ τὸ μὲν κατέκλυσε, τὸ δʼ ὑπενόστησε, καὶ θάλασσα νῦν ἐστι
πρότερον οὖσα γῆ. καὶ πάντες διεφθάρησαν οἳ οὐκ ἐδύναντο πρὸς τὰ μετέωρα
ἀναδραμεῖν. καὶ περὶ ʼΑταλάντην παραπλησία γίγνεται ἐπίκλυσις, καὶ τοῦ τε
φρουρίου τῶν ʼΑθηναίων παρεῖλε καὶ μίαν ναῦν διέφθειρεν. ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ ἐν
Πεπαρήθῳ κύματος ἐπαναχώρησίς τις, οὐ μέντοι ἐπέκλυσέ γε: καὶ σεισμὸς
τοῦ τείχους τι κατέβαλε καὶ τὸ πρυτανεῖον καὶ ἄλλας οἰκίας ὀλίγας.
δύσκολος, ­ον difficult

ἁνδάνω please, gratify (+ dat.)

# φώς, φωτός, ὁ man

μωρία, ­ας, ἡ foolishness, stupidity

ὀφλισκάνω incur a charge of (+ acc.)

χαίρειν ἐάω renounce

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν good, faithful

ἐπιτυγχάνω+ obtain, find (+ gen.)

φειδώ, φειδοῦς, ἡ thrift

ʼΑρχίδαμος, ­ου, ὁ Archidamus

ἀποτρέπομαι+ turn back

κατέχω+ keep on, prevail

Εὔβοια, ­ας, ἡ Euboea (island in the Aegean)

ʼΟρόβιαι, ­ῶν, αἱ Orobiae (place in Euboea)

ἐπανέρχομαι+ recede

κυματόω form into a wave

ἐπέρχομαι+ invade (+ acc.)

τὸ μὲν ... τὸ δέ partly ... partly

κατακλύζω inundate, submerge (object here understood)

ὑπονοστέω subside

μετέωρος, ­ον high (of ground)

ἀνατρέχω+ (aor. ­έδραμον) run up

ʼΑταλάντη, ­ης, ἡ Atalante (small island between Euboea and the mainland)

ἐπίκλυσις, ­εως, ἡ inundation

τοῦ φρουρίου (partitive gen., cf. 23.1/1d) part of the fort

παραιρέω+ remove, sweep away

Πεπάρηθος, ­ου, ἡ Peparethus (island in the Aegean)

ἐπαναχώρησις, ­εως, ἡ withdrawal

ἐπικλύζω swamp, cause a flood

καταβάλλω+ knock down

πρυτανεῖον, ­ου, τό town­hall

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 13
Cover 1. It is difficult to bear poverty and old age.
Introduction
Main Index 2. It is necessary for children to obey their father's word(s).
Links
3. Who will rule over the ruler?
Unit Key 12
4. Different people take pleasure in different habits (lit. another man rather
Unit Key 14 takes pleasure in other habits.)

Unit 13 5. Alas, alas, how old age has many sicknesses!

6. The ruler must please most people.

7. Whoever of mortals trusts a slave incurs a charge of stupidity in our society

(lit. amongst us).

8. Modesty can be seen in the eyes, [my] child.

9. Old age renounces the Cyprian (i.e. sex), and Aphrodite is vexed with old
men.

10. A life which lacks life is no life,

11. It is not easy to find a good wife.

12. It is a terrible thing to fight with god and fortune.

13. Wealth breeds insolence, not thrift in (lit. of) life.

14. In the following summer the Peloponnesians and their allies, under the
leadership of Agis (lit. Agis leading) the son of Archidamus the Spartan king,
advanced (lit. went) as far as the Isthmus, with the intention of invading Attica;
but, as numerous earthquakes occurred, they turned back, and there was no
invasion. Around these times, when the earthquakes were prevalent, at Orobiae
in (lit. of) Euboea the sea receded from the then existing coastline (lit. land),
and, after forming into a wave, invaded a part of the city, and partly inundated
[it]and partly subsided, so that (lit. and) what was formerly land is now sea. All
those who were unable to run up to the high ground were killed. At Atalante
there was a similar inundation, and it swept away [part] of the Athenian fort
and destroyed one ship. At Peparethus too there was a return of a wave, but it
did not cause a flood; an earthquake knocked down part of the wall, the town­
hall and a few houses as well. (Adapted from Thucydides 3.89).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 14
Cover
Introduction Unit 14
Main Index
Links 1# οἰκεῖος ἀνθρώποισι γίγνεσθαι φιλεῖ

πόλεμος ἐν ἀστοῖς, ἢν διχοστατῇ πόλις.

Unit 13
2# οὐ πάντες οὔτε δυστυχοῦσιν ἐν γάμοις
Unit 15
οὔτʼ εὐτυχοῦσι: συμφορὰ δʼ ὃς ἂν τύχῃ
Unit Key 14
κακῆς γυναικός, εὐτυχεῖ δʼ ἐσθλῆς τυχών.

3# ὅταν δʼ ἀλύπως διὰ τέλους εἶναι θέλῃς

ἢ δεῖ θεόν σʼ εἶναί τινʼ ἢ τάχα δὴ νεκρόν.

4 The virtues of civic obedience

εὑρήσετε δʼ, ἔφη, καὶ ἔνθα ἄνευ μοναρχίας πόλις οἰκεῖται, τὴν μάλιστα τοῖς
ἄρχουσιν ἐθέλουσαν πείθεσθαι ταύτην ἥκιστα τῶν πολεμίων ἀναγκαζομένην
ὑπακούειν. παρῶμεν οὖν, ὥσπερ Κῦρος κελεύει, ἐπὶ τόδε τὸ ἀρχεῖον,
ἀσκῶμέν τε ἃ μάλιστα δεῖ, παρέχωμέν τε ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς χρῆσθαι Κύρῳ ὅτι ἂν
δέῃ.

5 Loutish behaviour

From a speech written by Demosthenes for a client (cf. 7.2.13).

ἐξῆλθον, ἔτος τουτὶ τρίτον, εἰς Πάνακτον φρουρᾶς ἡμῖν προγραφείσης.

ἐσκήνωσαν οὖν οἱ υἱεῖς οἱ Κόνωνος τουτουὶ ἐγγὺς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔχθρα
καὶ τὰ προσκρούσματʼ ἐκεῖθεν ἡμῖν συνέβη: ἐξ ὧν δέ, ἀκούσεσθε. ἔπινον
ἑκάστοθʼ οὗτοι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστʼ ἀριστήσαιεν, ὅλην, καὶ τοῦθʼ, ἕως
περ ἦμεν ἐν τῇ φρουρᾷ, ἀεὶ ἐποίουν. ἡμεῖς δʼ ὥσπερ ἐνθάδʼ ἐφιλοῦμεν, οὕτω
διήγομεν καὶ ἔξω. ἣν οὖν δειπνοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ὥραν συμβαίνοι, ταύτην
ἤδη ἐπαρῴνουν οὗτοι, τὰ μὲν πόλλʼ εἰς τοὺς παῖδας ἡμῶν τοὺς ἀκολούθους,
τελευτῶντες δὲ καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. φήσαντες γὰρ καπνίζειν αὑτοὺς
ὀψοποιουμένους τοὺς παῖδας ἢ κακῶς λέγειν, ἔτυπτον καὶ τὰς ἀμίδας κατέχεον
καὶ προσεούρουν. ὁρῶντες δʼ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα καὶ λυπούμενοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον
ἀπεπεμψάμεθα, ὡς δʼ ἐχλεύαζον ἡμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἐπαύοντο, τῷ στρατηγῷ τὸ
πρᾶγμʼ εἴπομεν κοινῇ πάντες οἱ σύσσιτοι προσελθόντες, οὐκ ἐγὼ τῶν ἄλλων
ἔξω. λοιδορηθέντος δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνου καὶ κακίσαντος αὐτοὺς οὐ μόνον περὶ
ὧν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἠσέλγαινον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὧν ὅλως ἐποίουν ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ,
ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον συνεσκότασεν, εὐθὺς ὡς ἡμᾶς εἰσεπήδησαν ταύτῃ τῇ ἑσπέρᾳ,
καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον κακῶς ἔλεγον, τελευτῶντες δὲ καὶ πληγὰς ἐνέτειναν ἐμοί.

ἀστός, ­οῦ, ὁ citizen

διχοστατέω stand divided

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν good, faithful

ἀλύπως (adv.) without pain or grief

διὰ τέλους throughout, always

ἔνθα (conj.) where

οἰκέω govern, manage

ὑπακούω+ submit to (+ gen.)

πάρειμι ἐπί (+ acc.) present oneself at

ἀρχεῖον, ­ου, τό headquarters

Κύρῳ take with παρέχωμεν, not with χρῆσθαι

ὅτι ἂν δέῃ lit. [with respect to] whatever is necessary, i.e. in whatever way is
necessary

ἐξῆλθον 1st person s.

τουτὶ (i.e. τοῦτο + ι?) n. s. neut of οὑτοσί

ἔτος τουτὶ τρίτον two years ago (lit. this[is] the third year)

Πάνακτον, ­ου, τό Panactum (fort on the border of Attica and Boeotia)

φρουρά, ­ᾶς, ἡ garrison duty

προγράφω+ publicly order, post

σκηνόω encamp

Κόνων, ­ωνος, ὁ Conon (not the admiral)

πρόσκρουσμα, ­ατος, τό cause of friction

ἔξω outside (sc. the city), in the country

δειπνοποιέομαι dine

παροινέω (impf. ἐπαρῴνουν) play drunken tricks on (+ acc.)

φήσαντες aor. pple. of φημί

καπνίζω blacken with smoke

ὀψοποιέομαι cook one's food

προσουρέω urinate on

ἀποπέμπομαι+ dismiss (sc. their behaviour)

χλευάζω jeer at (+ acc.)

κοινῇ (adv.) all together

σύσσιτος, ­ου, ὁ messmate

ἔξω (here prep. + gen.) apart from

λοιδορέομαι rebuke (+dat.)

ἀσελγαίνω behave brutally towards (εἰς + acc.)

ὅλως (adv.) in general

ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον as soon as

συσκοτάζω grow dark

εἰσπηδάω burst in upon (ὡς+ acc.)

ἐντείνω lay upon, direct against

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 14
Cover 1. Internal strife is accustomed to break out among citizens, if the state stands
Introduction divided.
Main Index
Links 2. [It is not the case that] all men are either unfortunate or fortunate in marriage;
it is a disaster if ever (lit. whoever) a man gets a bad wife, but fortunate is the
Unit Key 13 one who gets a good one.

Unit Key 15 3. If ever you wish to be permanently free from pain, you must be either a god
or quickly [become] a corpse.
Unit 14
4. 'You will find,' he said, ' that, even [in circumstances] where a city is not
governed by (lit. is governed without) a sole ruler, the one which is most
willing to obey its rulers is least likely to be compelled to submit to its enemies.
So let us present ourselves, as Cyrus bids, at these headquarters, and let us
practise what is most necessary, and offer ourselves to Cyrus [for him] to
employ in whatever way he needs to.' (Adapted from Xenophon Cyropaedia
8.1.4­5).

5. Two years ago I went out to Panactum, since we had been ordered to do
garrison duty (lit. garrison duty having been ordered to us). The sons of Conon
here (i.e. the defendant) encamped near us, and our original enmity and causes
of friction resulted from that fact (lit. from there). You will hear how this came
about (lit. from what things sc. this happened). They used to drink on every
occasion throughout the whole day, as soon as they had had breakfast, and they
kept on doing this as long as we were in the garrison. We conducted ourselves
while in the countryside just as we were accustomed [to do] here. So, during
whatever time the others happened to be having their dinner (lit. it happened to
the others to dine), they were already playing drunken tricks, most of them on
our servant­boys, but in the end on us ourselves. For, alleging that the slaves
were blackening them with smoke while preparing the food or were abusing
them, they used to beat them and pour their chamber­pots over them and urinate
on them. When we saw this and were annoyed, first of all we dismissed their
behaviour, but, as they mocked us and did not desist, we ­ [that is we and] all
our messmates together, not [just] I apart from the others ­ went and told the
general what was going on (lit. the matter). After he had rebuked them and
reproached them not only for their brutal behaviour (lit. concerning the things
which they behaved brutally) towards us but for their general behaviour (lit.
concerning the things which they generally did) in the camp, as soon as it had
grown dark, they immediately burst in upon us that very evening, and first of all
abused us, and finally actually directed blows against me. (Adapted from
Demosthenes Against Conon 3­5).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 15
Cover
Introduction Unit 15
Main Index
Links 1# δαίμων ἐμαυτῷ γέγονα γήμας πλουσίαν.

2 ἄνθρακες ὁ θησαυρὸς πέφηνεν.

Unit 14
3 ὁ Κροῖσος φονέα τοῦ παιδὸς ἐλάνθανε βόσκων.
Unit 16
4# ὁρῶ δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐγὼ
Unit Key 15
τίκτουσαν ὕβριν τὴν πάροιθʼ εὐπραξίαν.

5# γυνὴ γυναικὶ σύμμαχος πέφυκέ πως.

6# ἐκεῖνο γὰρ πέπονθʼ ὅπερ πάντες βροτοί:

φιλῶν μάλιστʼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι.

7 Do ghosts exist?

From Lucian, a voluminous writer of the second century AD.

ἅμα ταῦτα λεγόντων ἡμῶν ἐπεισῆλθον οἱ τοῦ Εὐκράτους υἱοὶ ἐκ τῆς

παλαίστρας, ὁ μὲν ἤδη ἐξ ἐφήβων, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντεκαίδεκα ἔτη, καὶ
ἀσπασάμενοι ἡμᾶς ἐκαθέζοντο ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης παρὰ τῷ πατρί: ἐμοὶ δὲ
εἰσεκομίσθη θρόνος. καὶ ὁ Εὐκράτης ὥσπερ ἀναμνησθεὶς πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τῶν
υἱέων, ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, ὦ Τυχιάδη, πρός σε ἐρῶ. τὴν μακαρῖτίν μου γυναῖκα τὴν
τούτων μητέρα σφόδρα ἠγάπησα, ἐδήλωσα δὲ οἷς περὶ αὐτὴν ἔπραξα οὐ ζῶσαν
μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ ἀπέθανε, τόν τε κόσμον ἅπαντα συγκατακαύσας καὶ τὴν
ἐσθῆτα ᾗ ζῶσα ἔχαιρεν. ἑβδόμῃ δὲ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἡμέρᾳ ἐγὼ μὲν ἐνταῦθα
ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης ὥσπερ νῦν ἐκείμην (was lying) παραμυθούμενος τό γε πένθος.
ἀνεγίγνωσκον γὰρ τὸ περὶ ψυχῆς τοῦ Πλάτωνος τὸ βιβλίον ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας:
ἐπεισέρχεται δὲ μεταξὺ ἡ Δημαινέτη αὐτὴ ἐκείνη καὶ καθίζεται πλησίον ὥσπερ
νῦν Εὐκρατίδης οὑτοσί:
ὁ δὲ αὐτίκα ἔφριξε μάλα παιδικῶς καὶ πάλαι ἤδη ὠχρὸς ἦν πρὸς τὴν
διήγησιν.
ἐγὼ δέ, ἦ δʼ ὃς ὁ Εὐκράτης, ὡς εἶδον, περιπλακεὶς αὐτῇ ἐδάκρυον
ἀνακωκύσας: ἡ δὲ οὐκ εἴα βοᾶν, ἀλλʼ ᾐτιᾶτό με, ὅτι τὰ ἄλλα πάντα
χαρισάμενος αὐτῇ θάτερον τῶν σανδάλων χρυσῶν ὄντων οὐ κατακαύσαιμι,
εἶναι δὲ αὐτὸ ἔφασκε παραπεσὸν ὑπὸ τῇ κιβωτῷ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἡμεῖς οὐχ
εὑρόντες θάτερον μόνον ἐκαύσαμεν. ἔτι δὲ ἡμῶν διαλεγομένων κατάρατόν τι
κυνίδιον ὑπὸ τῇ κλίνῃ ὂν Μελιταῖον ὑλάκτησεν, ἡ δὲ ἠφανίσθη πρὸς τὴν
ὑλακήν: τὸ μέντοι σανδάλιον ηὑρέθη ὑπὸ τῇ κιβωτῷ καὶ κατεκαύθη ὕστερον.
ἔτι ἀπιστεῖν τούτοις, ὦ Τυχιάδη, ἄξιον ἐναργέσιν οὖσι καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν
ἑκάστην φαινομένοις;

ἄνθραξ, ­ακος, ὁ coal

θησαυρός, ­οῦ, ὁ treasure

ἐπεισέρχομαι+ come in after

Εὐκράτης, ­ους, ὁ Eucrates

ἔφηβος, ­ου, ὁ adolescent, young man

καθέζομαι sit down

κλίνη, ­ης, ἡ couch

εἰσκομίζω+ bring in

θρόνος, ­ου, ὁ chair

πρός (+ acc.) in consequence of, at

Τυχιάδης, ­ου, ὁ Tychiades

μακαρῖτις, ­ιδος (fem. adj.) blessed, i.e. dead, late

κόσμος, ­ου, ὁ ornaments

συγκατακαίω+ burn along with

ἐσθής, ­ῆτος, ἡ clothing

παραμυθέομαι relieve, console

ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας quietly

Δημαινέτη, ­ης, ἡ Demaenete

πλησίον (adv.) near, nearby

Εὐκρατίδης, ­ου, ὁ Eucratides

φρίττω shiver, shudder

παιδικῶς (adj.) like a child, childishly

ὠχρός, ­ά, ­όν pale

πρός (+ acc.) in consequence of, at

διήγησις, ­εως, ἡ narration, account

περιπλέκομαι (aor. ­επλάκην) embrace (+ dat.)

ἀνακωκύω wail aloud

εἴα < ἐάω

κατακαίω+ burn completely

παραπίπτω+ fall beside, fall

κιβωτός, ­οῦ, ἡ chest, coffer

κατάρατος, ­η, ­ον cursed

κυνίδιον, ­ου, τό little dog

Μελιταῖος, ­α, ­ον Maltese

ὑλακτέω howl, yelp

ἀφανίζομαι (aor. ἠφανίσθην) disappear

πρός (+ acc.) in consequence of, at

ὑλακή, ­ῆς, ἡ howl, yelp

σανδάλιον, ­ου, τό sandal

ἄξιος, ­α, ­ον meet, fit, proper

ἐναργής, ­ές visible, in bodily shape

κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην every day

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 15
Cover 1. Having married a rich wife I have become my own fate (lit. a god to myself).
Introduction
Main Index 2. The treasure has been shown [to be] coal.
Links
3. Croesus maintained the murder of his son unawares (or: was not aware that
Unit Key 14 he was maintaining; ἑαυτόν is to be understood with ἐλάνθανε.)

Unit Key 16 4. I see that, for most men, former prosperity breeds insolence.

Unit 15 5. A woman is somehow an ally to [another] woman.

6. I have the same disposition as all mortal men (lit. I have experienced that
thing which all mortals [experience]): I am not ashamed at liking myself best
(lit. most of all.)

7. In the middle of our conversation (lit. at the same time as us saying these
things) the sons of Eucrates came in from the wrestling­school, one of them
already a young man (lit. from the number of the ephebes), the other about
fifteen years old, and after greeting us sat down on the couch beside their
father. A chair was brought in for me. As if reminded [of something] at the
sight of his sons, Eucrates said, 'Tychiades, [what] I'm going to tell you [is] the
truth. I very much loved my late wife, the mother of these [lads], and I showed
[this] by what I did for her, not only while she was alive but also after her death
(lit. she died), by burning with [her] all her ornaments and the clothing in which
she took pleasure when she was alive. On the seventh day after her death I was
lying on the couch here, just as [I am] now, [trying to] relieve my grief; for I
was quietly reading Plato's book on the soul (i.e. the Phaedo). Meanwhile (i.e.
while I was thus reading), Demaenete (Eucrates' dead wife) her very self
entered (historic pres., as also καθίζεται) and sat down near [me], just as
Eucratides here is now [sitting].'

And he (i.e. Eucratides) immediately shivered just like a child (lit. very
childishly); he had been very pale for a long time already in consequence of the
account.
'When I saw her,' said Eucrates, ' I embraced her and, wailing aloud, began to
weep. But she would not let me cry aloud; instead (lit. but) reproached me
because, although I had gratified her in everything else, I had not burned one
[of a pair] of gold­embroidered sandals. She maintained that this had fallen
under the chest, and for this reason we had not found it and had only burned the
other. While we were still talking, some cursed little Maltese dog under the
couch let out a yelp, and she vanished at the noise (lit. yelp). The sandal,
however, was subsequently discovered under the chest and burned. Is it proper,
Tychiades, to continue (lit. still) to refuse to believe in such things (lit. these
things i.e. ghosts) when they take palpable form and appear each day?'
(Adapted from Lucian Philopseudes 27).
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _
(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001
. Extra Reading: Units 11 ­ 15
Cover
Introduction Extra reading for units 11­15
Main Index
Links 1# ἀνὴρ δίκαιός ἐστιν οὐκ ὁ μὴ ἀδικῶν.

2# ἀπῆλθεν γὰρ οὐδεὶς τῶν βροτῶν πλοῦτον φέρων.

Extra Reading
6­10 3# διπλῶς ὁρῶσιν οἱ μαθόντες γράμματα.
Extra Reading 4# ὁ μὴ δαρεὶς ἄνθρωπος οὐ παιδεύεται.
16­20
5# ψυχῆς νοσούσης ἐστὶ φάρμακον λόγος.
Extra Reading
Key 11 ­ 15 6# ὦ τρισκακοδαίμων ὅστις πένης ὢν γαμεῖ.

7# τιμώμενοι γὰρ πάντες ἥδονται βροτοί.

8# ψευδόμενος οὐδεὶς λανθάνει πολὺν χρόνον.

9# δύναμις πέφυκε τοῖς βροτοῖς τὰ χρήματα.

10# ὀργὴ φιλοῦντος μικρὸν ἰσχύει χρόνον.

11 μετὰ μαινομένων μαίνεσθαί φασι καλόν.

12# ἀεὶ καλὸς πλοῦς ἐσθʼ ὅταν φεύγῃς κακά.

13 Φωκίων ὁ ʼΑθηναῖος, ἐπεὶ λέγων ποτὲ γνώμην πρὸς τὸν δῆμον εὐδοκίμει
καὶ πάντας ἑώρα τὸν λόγον ἀποδεχομένους, ἐπιστραφεὶς πρὸς φίλους εἶπεν,
οὐ δήπου κακόν τι λέγων ἐμαυτὸν λέληθα;

14 Ἆγις ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐπαινουμένων τῶν ʼΗλείων ἐπὶ τῷ

τὰ ʼΟλύμπια καλῶς ἄγειν, τί δέ, εἶπεν, ποιοῦσι θαυμαστὸν εἰ διʼ ἐτῶν
τεττάρων μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ χρῶνται τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ;

15 ʼΑνταλκίδας ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος πρὸς ʼΑθηναῖόν τινα ἀμαθεῖς ἀποκαλοῦντα

τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, μόνοι γοῦν, εἶπεν, ἡμεῖς οὐδὲν μεμαθήκαμεν κακὸν παρʼ
ὑμῶν.

16 More stories about Diogenes

(i) Λυσίου τοῦ φαρμακοπώλου πυθομένου εἰ θεοὺς νομίζει, πῶς δέ, εἶπεν, οὐ
νομίζω ὅταν σὲ θεοῖς ἐχθρὸν ἴδω;

(ii) ἐρωτηθεὶς ποῦ τῆς ̔

Ελλάδος ἴδοι ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας, ἄνδρας μέν, εἶπεν,
οὐδαμοῦ, παῖδας δʼ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι.

διπλῶς (adv.) doubly, i.e. twice as much

δαρείς aor. pass. pple. of δέρω, flay

τρισκακοδαίμων, ­ονος thrice unlucky (here nominative in an exclamation, cf.
24.3 l. 12)

ἰσχύω continue, last

Φωκίων, ­ωνος, ὁ Phocion

εὐδοκιμέω be popular/acclaimed

ἀποδέχομαι receive favourably

ἐπιστρέφομαι (aor. ­εστράφην ) turn round

ʼΗλεῖοι, ­ων, οἱ people of Elis, Eleans

ἐπί (+ dat.) forἄγω conduct

θαυμαστός, ­ή, ­όν wonderful, marvellous

διά (+ gen.) at intervals of, every

ἀποκαλέω call (disparagingly)

γοῦν (particle) at any rate

Λυσίας, ­ου, ὁ Lysias

φαρμακοπώλης, ­ου, ὁ pharmacist

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Extra Reading: Units 11 ­ 15
Cover 1. [It is] not the man who does not commit injustice [who] is just.
Introduction
Main Index 2. No­one of mortal men [ever] departed (sc. this life) with (lit. bearing) his
Links wealth (you can't take it with you.)

Extra Reading 3. Those who have learned their letters see twice as much.
Key 6­10
4. The man/person who has not been thrashed is not being [properly] educated
Extra Reading (spare the rod and spoil the child).
Key 16­20
5. Word(s) are a cure for (lit. of) the soul which is sick.
Extra Reading
Unit 11­15 6. Thrice unlucky, the man who gets married though he is poor.

7. All mortals are delighted to be honoured,

8. No­one gets away with lying for long.

9. Money is power among mortals.

10. The anger of a friend (lit. a loving one) lasts a short time.

11. They say it is good to be mad among the mad.

12. It is always a fine voyage when you are running away from troubles.

13. When Phocion the Athenian, [while] on one ocasion giving his opinion to
the people/Assembly, was acclaimed and saw that everyone was receiving his
speech favourably, he turned to some friends and said, 'I haven't, I suppose,
unwittingly said something bad, have I?'

14. When the Eleans were being praised on/for their fine conduct of the
Olympian Games, Agis the Spartan king said, 'And what is so wonderful about
what they are doing (lit. what wonderful thing do they do), if they employ
justice on a single day every four years?'

15. Antalcidas the Spartan said to an Athenian who was calling the Spartans
ignorant, 'At any rate, we are the only ones who (lit. alone) have not learned
something bad from you.'

16. (i) When Lysias the pharmacist enquired [of Diogenes] if he believed in the
gods, he (Diogenes) said, 'How can I not, when I see that you are hated
by/hateful to the gods?'

(ii) When he was asked where he had seen good men in Greece, he said, 'Men
nowhere, but boys in Sparta.'
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _
(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001
. Additional Reading Unit 16
Cover
Introduction Unit 16
Main Index
Links 1# θησαυρός ἐστι φίλον ἀγαθὸν εὑρηκέναι.

2 τοῖς μάλιστα πολεμεῖν παρεσκευασμένοις, τούτοις μάλιστα ἔξεστι εἰρήνην

Unit 15
ἄγειν.
Unit 17
3 ʼΑγησίλαος ἐρωτηθεὶς διὰ τί ἀτείχιστός ἐστιν ἡ Σπάρτη, οὐ λίθοις δεῖ καὶ
ξύλοις τετειχίσθαι τὰς πόλεις, ἔφη, ταῖς δὲ τῶν ἐνοικούντων ἀρεταῖς.
Unit Key 16
4# ὄντων δὲ παίδων καὶ πεφυκότος γένους

καινοὺς φυτεῦσαι παῖδας ἐν δόμοις θέλεις,

ἔχθραν μεγίστην (greatest) σοῖσι συμβάλλων τέκνοις.

5# οὐ δεῖ σε χαίρειν τοῖς δεδυστυχηκόσι.

6 πεπαίδευμαι βλέπων εἰς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων κακά.

7 From Thucydides' description of the great battle between the Athenians and
the Syracusans in the harbour at Syracuse in 413 BC.

καὶ ὅσον μὲν χρόνον προσφέροιτο ναῦς, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν καταστρωμάτων τοῖς
ἀκοντίοις καὶ τοξεύμασιν καὶ λίθοις ἀφθόνως ἐπʼ αὐτὴν ἐχρῶντο: ἐπειδὴ δὲ
ξυμβάλοιεν, οἱ ἐπιβάται ἐπειρῶντο ταῖς ἀλλήλων ναυσὶν ἐπιβαίνειν.
ξυνετύγχανέ τε πολλαχοῦ διὰ τὴν στενοχωρίαν τὰ μὲν ἄλλοις ἐμβεβληκέναι,
τὰ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐμβεβλῆσθαι.

8 Thucydides describes how Potidaea, a town in northern Greece which had

revolted from Athens in 432 BC, finally capitulated in the winter of 430/29 BC.

τοῦ δʼ αὐτοῦ χειμῶνος οἱ Ποτειδεᾶται ἐπειδὴ οὐκέτι ἐδύναντο πολιορκούμενοι

ἀντέχειν, ἀλλʼ αἵ τε ἐς τὴν ʼΑττικὴν ἐσβολαὶ Πελοποννησίων οὐδὲν μᾶλλον
ἀνέτρεπον τοὺς ʼΑθηναίους ὅ τε σῖτος ἐπελελοίπει, καὶ ἄλλα τε πολλὰ
ἐπεγεγένητο αὐτόθι ἤδη περὶ βρώσεως ἀναγκαίας καί τινες καὶ ἀλλήλων
ἐγέγευντο, οὕτω δὴ λόγους προσφέρουσι περὶ ξυμβάσεως τοῖς στρατηγοῖς
τῶν ʼΑθηναίων τοῖς ἐπὶ σφίσι τεταγμένοις, Ξενοφῶντί τε τῷ Εὐριπίδου καὶ
Εστιοδώρῳ τῷ ʼΑριστοκλείδου καὶ Φανομάχῳ τῷ Καλλιμάχου. οἱ δὲ
̔
προσεδέξαντο, ὁρῶντες μὲν τῆς στρατιᾶς τὴν ταλαιπωρίαν ἐν χωρίῳ
χειμερινῷ, ἀνηλωκυίας δὲ ἤδη τῆς πόλεως δισχίλια τάλαντα ἐς τὴν
πολιορκίαν. ἐπὶ τοῖσδε οὖν ξυνέβησαν ἐξελθεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ παῖδας καὶ
γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς ἐπικούρους ξὺν ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ, γυναῖκας δὲ ξὺν δυοῖν, καὶ
ἀργύριόν τι ῥητὸν ἔχοντας ἐφόδιον. καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπόσπονδοι ἐξῆλθον ἔς τε τὴν
Χαλκιδικὴν καὶ ᾗ ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο.

θησαυρός, ­οῦ, ὁ treasure

ʼΑγησίλαος, ­ου, ὁ Agesilaus

ἀτείχιστος, ­ον unwalled, unfortified

τειχίζω fortify

φυτεύω beget, produce

συμβάλλω+ store up, create

ὅσον ... χρόνον as long as, while

προσφέρομαι make an attack, bear down

κατάστρωμα, ­ατος, τό deck

ἀκόντιον, ­ου, τό javelin

τόξευμα, ­ατος, τό arrow

ἀφθόνως (adv.) unsparingly

ξυμβάλλω+ come to grips

ἐπιβάτης, ­ου, ὁ marine

ξυντυγχάνω+ happen

πολλαχοῦ (adv.) in many places

στενοχωρία, ­ας, ἡ confined space

τὰ μὲν ... τὰ δέ on one quarter ... on another quarter

ἐμβάλλω+ ram

δύναμαι (19.1/3b) be able

ἀνατρέπω+ turn back, draw off

ἐπιλείπω+ fail, be exhausted

ἐπιγίγνομαι+ occur subsequently

βρῶσις, ­εως, ἡ subsistence

ἀναγκαῖος, ­α, ­ον bare (of minimum)

γεύομαι eat of (+ gen.)

Εστιόδωρος, ­ου, ὁ Hestiodorus

̔

ʼΑριστοκλείδης, ­ου, ὁ Aristocleides

Φανόμαχος, ­ου, ὁ Phanomachus

προσδέχομαι+ accept (a proposal)

χειμερινός, ­ή, ­όν stormy, wintry

ἀναλίσκω (perf. ἀνήλωκα) spend

πολιορκία, ­ας, ἡ siege

ἐπὶ τοῖσδε on the following terms

ξυμβαίνω+ come to terms

ῥητός, ­ή, ­όν stipulated

ἐφόδιον, ­ου, τό travelling money

ὑπόσπονδος, ­ον under a treaty, under terms

Χαλκιδική, ­ῆς, ἡ Chalcidice

ᾗ (adv.) where

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 16
Cover 1. It is a treasure to have found a good friend.
Introduction
Main Index 2. For those who are especially prepared for war (lit. to conduct war) it is
Links especially possible to live at peace.

Unit Key 15 3. When Agesilaus was asked why Sparta had no walls, he said, 'Cities should
be fortified not with stones and beams but with the virtues/bravery of their
Unit Key 17 inhabitants.'

Unit 16 4. You want to beget new children in your house [even] though you have
existing children and offspring (lit. children existing and a family being), [thus]
creating the greatest hatred among your children.

5. You must not rejoice over the misfortunate (lit. those who have suffered
misfortune).

6. I have become educated by looking at the misfortunes of others.

7. And as long as a ship was making an attack, the men on (lit. from) the decks
(sc. of the attacked ship) unsparingly employed javelins, arrows and stones
against it. But, when they came to grips, the marines attempted to board each
other's ships. And in many places it happened on account of the confined space
that on one quarter they had rammed the enemy (lit. others), while on another
quarter they had been rammed themselves. (Adapted from Thucydides 7.70.)

8. In the same winter, since the Potidaeans were unable to support being
besieged any longer ­ the Peloponnesian invasions into Attica were none the
more drawing off the Athenians, their provisions were exhausted, and, [in
addition to the] many other [sufferings which] had already occurred
subsequently there in connection with bare subsistence, some had actually eaten
of each other ­ so they addressed (historic pres.) proposals for surrender to the
Athenian generals who had been placed in command against them, [viz]
Xenophon the son of Euripides, Hestiodorus the son of Aristocleides and
Phanomachus the son of Callimachus. They (the Athenians) accepted [the
proposals], since they saw the distress of their army in [such] a wintry place
and since the state (Athens) had already spent two thousand talents on the siege.
Accordingly, they came to terms on the following conditions: that the
[Potidaeans] themselves and their wives and children and auxiliaries should
leave with a single garment [each] ­ the women with two ­ taking with them
(lit,. having) a stipulated amount of money as travelling expenses. And they left
under [these] terms both for (lit. to) Chalcidice and for other possible
destinations (lit. where each one could). (Adapted from Thucydides 2.70).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 17
Cover
Introduction Unit 17
Main Index
Links 1 ἡ κακὴ βουλὴ τῷ βουλεύσαντι κακίστη.

2 # ῥᾷον παραινεῖν ἢ παθόντα καρτερεῖν.

Unit 16
3 ὁ πολλοῖς φοβερὸς ὢν πολλοὺς φοβείσθω.
Unit 18
4 Μαλέαν κάμψας ἐπιλαθοῦ τῶν οἴκαδε.
Unit Key 17
5 μὴ κακὰ ἰῶ κακοῖς.

6 πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος ὁ φίλος ἀναγκαιότερος.

7 τῶν πλειόνων ἡ ψῆφος νικᾷ.

8 ζημίαν αἱροῦ μᾶλλον ἢ κέρδος αἰσχρόν.

9 ἄρχε, πρῶτον μαθὼν ἄρχεσθαι.

10 ὦτα τυγχάνει ἀνθρώποις ὄντα ἀπιστότερα ὀφθαλμῶν.

11 ὁ τραχύτατος δὲ συκοφάντης μνᾶς δύο λαβὼν ἄπεισιν ἀρνίου

μαλακώτερος.

12 πᾶς τις αὑτὸν τοῦ πέλας μᾶλλον φιλεῖ.

13 εὐτυχῶν μὲν μέτριος ἴσθι, ἀτυχῶν δὲ φρόνιμος.

14 ζῶν μὲν ἐπαινοῦ, ἀποθανὼν δὲ μακαρίζου.

15 φίλοις εὐτυχοῦσι καὶ ἀτυχοῦσι ὁ αὐτὸς ἴσθι.

16 δυστυχῶν κρύπτε σεαυτὸν ἵνα μὴ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς εὐφράνῃς.

17 μηδεὶς ἀγεωμέτρητος εἰσίτω (on the entrance to Plato's Academy).

18# γνῶμαι δʼ ἀμείνους εἰσὶ τῶν γεραιτέρων.

19 πολλάκις δοκεῖ τὸ φυλάξαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ τοῦ κτήσασθαι χαλεπώτερον εἶναι.

20 χρῶ τῇ σεαυτοῦ λύρᾳ, μὴ τῇ τοῦ πέλας.

21 τὸ γῆρας βαρύτερον Αἴτνας.

22 ἀργυραῖς λόγχαις μάχου καὶ πάντων κρατήσεις.

23 καὶ τοῦ μέλιτος τὸ πλέον ἐστὶ χολή.

24# φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρήσθʼ ὁμιλίαι κακαί.

25 Demosthenes disparages Meidias' public services

εἰ μέντοι τί ποτʼ ἐστὶν ἃ λῃτουργεῖ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ σκοπεῖν, ἐγὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐρῶ·
καὶ θεάσασθʼ ὡς δικαίως αὐτὸν ἐξετάσω, πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κρίνων. οὗτος, ὦ
ἄνδρες ʼΑθηναῖοι, γεγονὼς ἔτη περὶ πεντήκοντʼ ἴσως ἢ μικρὸν ἔλαττον, οὐδὲν
ἐμοῦ πλείους λῃτουργίας ὑμῖν λελῃτούργηκεν, ὃς δύο καὶ τριάκοντʼ ἔτη
γέγονα. κἀγὼ μὲν κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἐτριηράρχουν, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων
ἐξελθών, ὅτε σύνδυʼ ἦμεν οἱ τριήραρχοι καὶ τἀναλώματα πάντʼ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων
ἐδαπανῶμεν καὶ τὰς ναῦς ἐπληρούμεθʼ αὐτοί· οὗτος δέ, ὅτε μὲν κατὰ ταύτην
τὴν ἡλικίαν ἦν ἣν ἐγὼ νῦν, οὐδέπω λῃτουργεῖν ἤρχετο, τηνικαῦτα δὲ τοῦ
πράγματος ἧπται, ὅτε πρῶτον μὲν διακοσίους καὶ χιλίους πεποιήκατε
συντελεῖς ὑμεῖς, εἶτα πληρώματʼ ἡ πόλις παρέχει καὶ σκεύη, ὥστʼ αὐτῶν
ἐνίοις τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸ μηδὲν ἀναλῶσαι καὶ δοκεῖν λελῃτουργηκέναι καὶ τῶν
ἄλλων λῃτουργιῶν ἀτελεῖς γεγενῆσθαι περίεστιν. ἀλλὰ μὴν τί ἄλλο;
τραγῳδοῖς κεχορήγηκέ ποθʼ οὗτος, ἐγὼ δʼ αὐληταῖς ἀνδράσιν. καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο
τἀνάλωμʼ ἐκείνης τῆς δαπάνης πλέον ἐστὶ πολλῷ, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ δήπου.
καὶ τῆς μὲν Παράλου ταμιεύων τότε, ὅτε τὴν ἐπὶ Θηβαίους ἔξοδον εἰς
Εὔβοιαν ἐποιεῖσθʼ ὑμεῖς, δώδεκα τῆς πόλεως τάλαντʼ ἀναλίσκειν ταχθείς,
ἀξιούντων ὑμῶν πλεῖν καὶ παραπέμπειν τοὺς στρατιώτας οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν, ἀλλʼ
ἤδη τῶν σπονδῶν γεγονυιῶν, ἃς Διοκλῆς ἐσπείσατο Θηβαίοις, ἧκεν. καὶ τόθʼ
ἡττᾶτο πλέων τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν τριήρων μιᾶς· οὕτως εὖ τὴν ἱερὰν τριήρη
παρεσκευάκει.

26# Hephaestus reluctantly completes the binding of Prometheus at

Might's bidding

Another passage from the beginning of Aeschylus' Prometheus Bound (cf. 15.3)

ΚΡΑΤΟΣ ­ ΗΦΑΙΣΤΟΣ

ΚΡ. ἀλλʼ ἀμφὶ πλευραῖς μασχαλιστῆρας βάλε.

ΗΦ. δρᾶν ταῦτʼ ἀνάγκη: μηδὲν ἐγκέλευʼ ἄγαν.

ΚΡ. ἦ μὴν κελεύσω κἀπιθωύξω γε πρός.

χώρει κάτω, σκέλη δὲ κίρκωσον βίᾳ.

ΗΦ. καὶ δὴ πέπρακται τοὖργον οὐ μακρῷ πόνῳ.

ΚΡ. ἐρρωμένως νῦν θεῖνε διατόρους πέδας,

ὡς οὑπιτιμητής γε τῶν ἔργων βαρύς.

ΗΦ. ὁμοῖα μορφῇ γλῶσσά σου γηρύεται.

ΚΡ. σὺ μαλθακίζου, τὴν δʼ ἐμὴν αὐθαδίαν

ὀργῆς τε τραχυτῆτα μὴ ʼπίπλησσέ μοι.

ΗΦ. στείχωμεν, ὡς κώλοισιν ἀμφίβληστρʼ ἔχει.

καρτερέω be steadfast, endure

Μαλέα, ­ας, ἡ Cape Malea (the very dangerous southernmost tip of the
Peloponnese)
κάμπτω round, double (a cape/headland)

συκοφάντης, ­ου, ὁ informer

ἀρνίον, ­ου, τό lamb

μαλακός, ­ή, ­όν soft

ὁ πέλας (only the article is declined) one's neighbour or fellow­creature

εὐφραίνω cheer, gladden

ἀγεωμέτρητος, ­ον ignorant of geometry

γεραίτερος, ­α, ­ον compar. of γεραιός

Αἴτνα, ­ας, ἡ Mount Etna (in Sicily)

χρήσθʼ = χρηστά (neut. pl.)

λῃτουργέω perform a public duty/service

πρός (+ acc.) with reference to, in comparison with

μικρόν (adv. acc.) a little

λῃτουργία, ­ας, ἡ public service (done at one's own expense)

ἐκ παίδων ἐξέρχομαι pass from [the ranks of the] boys i.e. reach one's majority

σύνδυο two together

ἀνάλωμα, ­ατος, τό expense (τἀναλώματα = τὰ ἀνα­)

δαπανάω spend, defray

πληρόομαι man (of ships)

τηνικαῦτα (adv.) at that time

ἧπται perf. of ἅπτομαι, put on's hand to(+ gen.)

συντελής, ­οῦς, ὁ contributor

πλήρωμα, ­ατος, τό crew

σκεύη, ­ῶν, τά equipment, tackle

ἀναλίσκω (aor. ἀνήλωσα) spend

ἀτελής, ­ές exempt from (+ gen.)

περίειμι be the net result

τραγῳδός, ­οῦ, ὁ member of a tragic chorus

χορηγέω defray the costs of a chorus, act as choregus

αὐλητής, ­οῦ, ὁ flute­player

δαπάνη, ­ης, ἡ expense, cost

Πάραλος, ­ου, ἡ Paralus (Athenian state galley)

ταμιεύω be paymaster of (+ gen.)

ἔξοδος, ­ου, ἡ expedition

Εὔβοια, ­ας, ἡ Euboea (island in the Aegean)

ἀξιόω order, instruct

παραπέμπω+ escort

Διοκλῆς, ­έους, ὁ Diocles

σπονδὰς σπένδομαι (aor. ἐσπεισάμην) conclude a truce

ἡττάομαι be beaten by (+ gen.)

ἰδιωτικός, ­ή, ­όν private

μασχαλιστήρ, ­ῆρος, ὁ band

ἐγκελεύω+ urge on

ἦ μήν certainly, indeed

# ἐπιθωύσσω ( κἀπι­ = καὶ ἐπι­) shout on, hound on

πρός (adv.) as well

σκέλος, ­ους, τὸ leg

# κιρκόω secure with hoops or bands

ἐρρωμένως (adv.) vigorously

# θείνω strike

# διάτορος, ­ον piercing

ἐπιτιμητής, ­οῦ, ὁ (οὑπι­ = ὁ ἐπι­) appraiser, overseer

βαρύς, ­εῖα, ­ύ stern, harsh

γλῶσσα = γλῶττα

# γηρύομαι speak

τραχυτής, ­ῆτος, ἡ harshness

ἐπιπλήττω (ʼπι­ = ἐπι­) cast as a reproach at (+ dat.)

# στείχω go
ἀμφίβληστρον, ­ου, τό fetter, bond

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 17
Cover 1. A bad plan is worst/very bad for the planner (lit. the one who planned [it]).
Introduction
Main Index 2. It is easier to give advice than to endure [when] suffering.
Links
3. Let the man who causes fear to many be afraid of many.
Unit Key 16
4. When you round Cape Malea forget those at home (i.e you probably will not
Unit Key 18 see them again).

Unit 17 5. Do not heal ill with ill.

6. A friend is more indispensable than fire and water.

7. The vote of the majority wins.

8. Choose a loss rather than a disgraceful profit.

9. Rule, after first learning [how] to rule.

10. For men ears happen to be less trustworthy than eyes.

11. The harshest informer will go off softer than a lamb once he has received
two minae.

12. Every person loves himself more than his fellow­creatures.

13. When you are fortunate be moderate, when you are unfortunate [be]
sensible.

14. In life (lit. living) be praised, in death (lit. having died) be deemed happy.

15. Be the same to friends fortunate and unfortunate.

16. When you suffer misfortune hide yourself, in order that you may not
gladden your enemies.

17. No admittance to those without geometry (lit. let no­one without geometry
enter).

18. The opinions of older men are better.

19. Preserving blessings often seems more difficult than getting them.

20. Use your own lyre, not that of your neighbour.

21. Old age is more burdensome than Aetna.

22. Fight with silver spears and you will be master of all (i.e. use bribery; the

Greeks used silver, not gold, for their currencies).

23. Even of honey the greater part is bile.

24. Bad companions (lit. associations) corrupt good characters.

25. But if you want to examine what in truth his public services amount to (lit.
are), I will tell you; and observe how fairly I will test him, judging him in
comparison with myself. This man, gentlemen of Athens, who is about fifty
years old perhaps or a little less, has not performed more public services for
you than I have, I who am [only] thirty two. And I, immediately after reaching
my majority, served as trierarch at that period when [only] two were joint
trierarchs and when we paid all the expenses from our own pockets and manned
(i.e. provided the crews for) the ships ourselves. But he (Meidias), when he was
my present age (lit. at this age which I now [am]) had not yet begun to perform
services, but he has [only] put his hand to the task at a time when, first of all,
you have made twelve hundred men joint­contributors, and, secondly, the state
provides the crew and tackle, so that the net result for some of them is in truth
to spend nothing and to be thought (lit. seem) to have performed a service and
[so] be exempt from the rest of them. Well, what else [is there]? He has once
acted as choregus for a tragic chorus, while I [have so acted] for male flute­
players. And there is no­one, I suppose, who does not know that the latter
expense is much greater than the former.

When he was paymaster of the Paralus at the time when you made the
expedition to Euboea against the Thebans, although he was instructed to spend
twelve talents of the state's money, when you ordered him to sail and escort the
troops, he brought no assistance, but arrived [only] when the truce had already
been made which Diocles had concluded with the Thebans. And on that
occasion he was beaten on his voyage (lit. sailing) by one of the privately
owned triremes; so well had he prepared the sacred trireme. (Demosthenes
Against Meidias 154­156; 174).

26. Might: Come, cast the bands around his sides.

Hephaestus: This I must do; [but] don't urge me on too much.

M.: I certainly will, and I'll shout you on as well. Go down, and force these
rings about his legs (lit. circle his limbs by force).
H.: Look, the work is done with no long labour.
M.: Now vigorously strike the piercing fetters, for the appraiser of the work
(i.e. Zeus) is harsh.
H.: Your tongue speaks [words] like your appearance (i.e. Might's words are as
cruel­sounding as he is cruel­looking).
M.: Be soft [if you like], but do not reproach me with my stubbornness and
harshness of temper.
H.: Let us go, for he [now] has the fetters on his limbs. (Aeschylus Prometheus
Bound 71­81).
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 18
Cover
Introduction Unit 18
Main Index
Links 1# ἐν τοῖς ἐμαυτοῦ δικτύοις ἁλώσομαι.

2# εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν, ἔσται σοι κακά.

Unit 17
3 οἱ μάντεις λέγονται δήπου ἄλλοις μὲν προαγορεύειν τὸ μέλλον, ἑαυτοῖς δὲ
Unit 19
μὴ προορᾶν τὸ ἐπιόν.
Unit Key 18 4 τίθεταί γε τοὺς νόμους ἑκάστη ἡ ἀρχὴ πρὸς τὸ αὑτῆς συμφέρον, δημοκρατία
μὲν δημοκρατικούς, τυραννὶς δὲ τυραννικούς.

5# ἱκέτην γέροντα καὶ πένητα μὴ προδῷς.

6 γέρων ἀλώπηξ οὐχ ἁλίσκεται.

7# ἢν οἱ τεκόντες τοῦτο γιγνώσκωσʼ ὅτι

νέοι ποτʼ ἦσαν, ἠπίως τὴν τῶν τέκνων

οἴσουσι Κύπριν, φύντες οὐ σκαιοὶ φύσιν.

8# πολλάς γʼ ὁ δαίμων τοῦ βίου μεταστάσεις

ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν μεταβολάς τε τῆς τύχης.

9# εἰ δʼ ἦσθα μὴ κάκιστος, οὔποτʼ ἂν πάτραν

τὴν σὴν ἀτίζων τήνδʼ ἂν ηὐλόγεις πόλιν.

10# λαβὼν ἀπόδος, ἄνθρωπε, καὶ λήψῃ πάλιν.

11# ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς ὁ φρόνιμος οὐχ ἁλίσκεται.

12# ὧν ἦρξε γαστήρ, τὸ φρονεῖν ἀφῃρέθη.

13 Socrates' definition of the good general

Like Plato, Xenophon too knew Socrates, and in his ʼΑπομνημονεύματα

(Memorabilia or 'Memoirs'), from which this extract is taken, he relates
anecdotes and conversations ascribed to Socrates.

ἐντυχὼν δέ ποτε στρατηγεῖν ᾑρημένῳ τῳ, τοῦ ἕνεκα, ἔφη, ῞Ομηρον

οἴει ʼΑγαμέμνονα προσαγορεῦσαι ποιμένα λαῶν; ἆρά γʼ ὅτι, ὥσπερ τὸν
ποιμένα ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ ὅπως σῶαί τʼ ἔσονται αἱ οἶες καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
ἕξουσιν, καὶ οὗ ἕνεκα τρέφονται, τοῦτο ἔσται, οὕτω καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν
ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ ὅπως σῶοί θʼ οἱ στρατιῶται ἔσονται καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξουσι,
καὶ οὗ ἕνεκα στρατεύονται, τοῦτο ἔσται; στρατεύονται δʼ ἵνα κρατοῦντες τῶν
πολεμίων εὐδαιμονέστεροι ὦσιν. στρατεύονται δὲ πάντες ἵνα ὁ βίος αὐτοῖς ὡς
βέλτιστος ᾗ: καὶ στρατηγοὺς αἱροῦνται τούτου ἕνεκα, ἵνα πρὸς τοῦτο αὐτοῖς
ἡγεμόνες ὦσιν. δεῖ οὖν τὸν στρατηγοῦντα τοῦτο παρασκευάζειν τοῖς ἑλομένοις
αὐτὸν στρατηγόν: καὶ γὰρ οὔτε κάλλιον τούτου ἄλλο ῥᾴδιόν ἐστιν εὑρεῖν οὔτʼ
αἴσχιον τοῦ ἐναντίου. καὶ οὕτως ἐπισκοπῶν τίς εἴη ἀγαθοῦ ἡγεμόνος ἀρετή, τὰ
μὲν ἄλλα περιῄρει, κατέλιπε δὲ τὸ εὐδαίμονας ποιεῖν ὧν ἂν ἡγῆται.

14# A canine court of enquiry

In the Wasps of Aristophanes, Bdelycleon, who has tried every means to

prevent his father Philocleon from indulging his passion for serving on juries,
here attempts a compromise by encouraging Philocleon to play the juror at
home. The 'case' involves a dog, Labes, who has stolen some cheese; his
'prosecutor' is another dog, from the deme Kydathenaion.

ΒΔΕΛΥΚΛΕΩΝ ­ ΦΙΛΟΚΛΕΩΝ

ΒΔ. εἴ τις θύρασιν ἠλιαστής, εἰσίτω:

ὡς ἡνίκʼ ἂν λέγωσιν, οὐκ ἐσφρήσομεν.

ΦΙ. τίς ἆρʼ ὁ φεύγων οὗτος; ὅσον ἁλώσεται.

ΒΔ. ἀκούετʼ ἤδη τῆς γραφῆς. ἐγράψατο

Κύων Κυδαθηναιεὺς Λάβητʼ Αἰξωνέα

τὸν τυρὸν ἀδικεῖν ὅτι μόνος κατήσθιεν

τὸν Σικελικόν. τίμημα κλῳὸς σύκινος.

ΦΙ. θάνατος μὲν οὖν κύνειος, ἢν ἅπαξ ἁλῷ.

ΒΔ. καὶ μὴν ὁ φεύγων οὑτοσὶ Λάβης πάρα.

ΦΙ. ὢ μιαρὸς οὗτος. ὡς δὲ καὶ κλέπτον βλέπει.

οἷον σεσηρὼς ἐξαπατήσειν μʼ οἴεται.

ποῦ δʼ ὅ γε διώκων, ὁ Κυδαθηναιεὺς κύων;

ΚΥΩΝ

αὖ, αὖ.

ΒΔ. πάρεστιν.

ΦΙ. ἕτερος οὗτος αὖ Λάβης,

ἀγαθός γʼ ὑλακτεῖν καὶ διαλείχειν τὰς χύτρας.

ΒΔ. σίγα, κάθιζε. σὺ δʼ ἀναβὰς κατηγόρει.

ΦΙ. φέρε νυν, ἅμα τήνδʼ ἐγχεάμενος κἀγὼ ῥοφῶ.

ΚΥ. τῆς μὲν γραφῆς ἠκούσαθʼ ἣν ἐγραψάμην,

ἄνδρες δικασταί, τουτονί. δεινότατα γὰρ

ἔργων δέδρακε κἀμὲ καὶ τὸ ῥυππαπαῖ.

ἀποδρὰς γὰρ ἐς τὴν γωνίαν τυρὸν πολὺν

κατεσικέλιζε, κἀνέπλητʼ ἐν τῷ σκότῳ.

ΦΙ. νὴ τὸν Δίʼ, ἀλλὰ δῆλός ἐστʼ: ἔμοιγέ τοι

τυροῦ κάκιστον ἀρτίως ἐνήρυγεν

ὁ βδελυρὸς οὗτος.

προαγορεύω foretell, prophesy

προοράω+ foresee

ἐπιόν neut. pple. of ἐπέρχομαι, come upon

συμφέρον, ­οντος, τό advantage

δημοκρατία, ­ας, ἡ democracy

δημοκρατικός, ­ή, ­όν democratic

τυραννικός, ­ή, ­όν tyrannical

ἠπίως (adv.) gently, kindly

μετάστασις, ­εως, ἡ change

ἔδωκε gnomic aorist (5.2.10 note)

# ἀτίζω hold in dishonour

εὐλογέω speak well of, praise

ὧν (= τούτοις ὧν) from those whose

ἦρξε gnomic aorist (5.2.10 note), as also is ἀφῃρέθῃ

ἀφαιρέω take away from (+ dat.)

τῳ (= τινί) dat. s. of indefinite pron. (10.1/1)

τοῦ (= τίνος) gen. s. of interrogative pron. (10.1/1)

προσαγορεύω call

ἐπιμελέομαι see to it that (+ ὅπως and fut. ind.)

σῶος, ­α, ­ον safe and sound

οἶς, οἰός, ἡ sheep

περιαιρέω+ remove, discard

ἡγέομαι lead, command (+ gen.)

θύρασιν (adv.) outside

ἠλιαστής, ­οῦ, ὁ juror

ἡνίκα (conj.) when

ἐσφρέω (= εἰς­) let in, admit

ὁ φεύγων (pres. pple.) the defendant

ὅσον (exclamatory) how, how much

Κυδαθηναιεύς, ­έως (adj.) of the deme Kydathenaion

Λάβης, ­ητος, ὁ Labes

Αἰξωνεύς, ­έως (adj.) of the deme Aixone

Σικελικός, ­ή, ­όν Sicilian

τίμημα, ­ατος, τό penalty

κλῳός, ­οῦ, ὁ dog­collar

σύκινος, ­η, ­ον made of fig­wood (a dog collar made of fig­ wood is a
periphrasis for stocks)

μὲν οὖν no, rather

κύνειος, ­α, ­ον fit for a dog

ἅπαξ (adv.) once

ὤ (exclamatory, + nom.) what a ...

μιαρός, ­ά ­όν abominable, foul

κλέπτον (neut. pple.) βλέπει he has a thieving look

οἷον (exclamatory) how

σεσηρώς perf. pple. of σαίρω, grin

ὁ διώκων (pres. pple.) the prosecutor

αὖ, αὖ bow, wow

ὑλακτέω bark

διαλείχω lick clean

τήνδε sc. φακῆν this soup

ἐγχέομαι (aor. ἐνεχεάμην) pour in for oneself

ῥοφέω gulp down

ῥυππαπαῖ (a sailors' cry) yo­ho­ho; here τὸ ῥυππαπαῖ = the sailors

γωνία, ­ας, ἡ corner

# κατασικελίζω Sicilize down (comic for κατεσθίω)

ἐμπίμπλαμαι (aor. ἐνεπλήμην) eat one's fill, gorge oneself (κἀνέπλητʼ = καὶ
ἐνέπλητο)

ἐνερεύγω (aor. ἐνήρυγον) belch on/over (+ dat.)

κάκιστον ἐνήρυγεν he gave a horrible belch (of, + gen.)

βδελυρός, ­ά, ­όν disgusting, foul

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 18
Cover 1. I shall be caught in my own nets.
Introduction
Main Index 2. If you don't check your tongue, you will have trouble (lit. bad things will be
Links to you).

Unit Key 17 3. Prophets are, I guess, said to foretell the future to others, but not to foresee
what is about to come upon themselves.
Unit Key 19
4. Each method of government makes its laws with a view to its own
Unit 18 advantage, democracy democratic [laws], tyranny tyrannical ones.

5. Do not betray a suppliant who is old and poor.

6. An old fox cannot be caught (lit. is not caught).

7. If parents (lit. those who have produced children) realise that they were once
young, they will gently bear/tolerate the love­affairs of their children, because
they (the parents) are not stupid by nature.

8. God has given us many vicissitudes in life and many changes of fortune.

9. If you were not the basest [of men], you would never hold your own country
in dishonour and praise this city.

10. Get and give back, my man, and [then] you will get again.

11. The wise man is not captured by pleasure.

12. From those ruled by their stomachs (lit. whose stomach rules them) sense is
taken away.

13. Once, meeting a man who had been elected general, he said, 'For what
reason (lit. for the sake of what) do you think Homer called Agamemnon
"shepherd of the people"? Is it because, just as a shepherd must see to it that his
sheep are safe and have provisions, and that the purpose for which they are
reared is achieved (lit. this thing for the sake of which they are reared will be),
so too a general must see to it that his men are safe and have provisions, and
that the object of their going to war is attained? For they go to war in order that
they may be happier by mastery over their enemies. All men fight in order to
have the best life [possible]; and they choose generals for the following reason,
that they may act as their leaders for this purpose. So a general must prepare
this for those who have chosen him general; for indeed neither is it easy to find
anything more honourable than this (sc. preparing the best life) nor [is it easy to
find anything] more disgraceful than the opposite.' By enquiring thus what was
the essential virtue of a good leader, he discarded all other [factors], and left
only the [ability] to make happy those whom he leads. (Xenophon Memorabilia
3.2.1­4).

14. Bdelycleon: If any juror is [still] outside let him come in. For, when they
begin to speak, we won't let [anyone] in.
Philocleon: Who's the defendant here? He'll never get off! (lit. how much he
will be convicted).
B. Hear now the indictment. 'Dog from Kydathenaion indicted Labes of Aixone
on a criminal charge of (lit. doing wrong because he ate) eating up the Sicilian
cheese all by himself. Penalty: a fig­wood collar.'
Ph.: No, a dog's death, rather, if once he's convicted.
B.: And here is the defendant, Labes.
Ph.: What a scoundrel he is! What a thieving look he has! How he grins and
thinks that he'll deceive me! Where's the prosecutor, Dog from Kydathenaion?
Dog: Bow, wow!
B.: He's here.
Ph.: This is just another Labes, good at barking and licking the pots clean.
B.: Quiet, sit down (addressed to Philocleon). Up you get, you, (addressed to
Dog of Kydathenaion), and begin the prosecution.
Ph.: Here now, while this is going on (lit. at the same time), let me for my part
pour this [soup] for myself and gulp it down.
Dog. You have heard the indictment I have made against the defendant here,
gentlemen of the jury. He's done the most terrible of deeds against me and the
yo­ho­hos. For he ran away into the corner and began to Sicilize down a large
cheese, and he gorged himself in the dark.
P.: You're right! (lit. by Zeus, but he is clear [sc. doing so]) He just gave a
horrible belch of cheese over me, this disgusting [creature].
(Aristophanes Wasps 891­913).
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 19
Cover
Introduction Unit 19
Main Index
Links 1 # μελέτη χρονισθεῖσʼ εἰς φύσιν καθίσταται.

2 καὶ τὸ τοῦ Λίβυος ἀπόφθεγμα εὖ ἂν ἔχοι: ὁ γὰρ ἐρωτηθείς, τί μάλιστα ἵππον

Unit 18
πιαίνει, ὁ τοῦ δεσπότου ὀφθαλμός, ἔφη.
Unit 20
3 τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπιτιμᾶν φήσειέ τις ἂν ῥᾴδιον εἶναι, τὸ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων ὅτι
δεῖ πράττειν, τοῦτʼ εἶναι συμβούλου.
Unit Key 19
4 τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκιὰν δέδοικεν.

5 ἡδύ τοι σωθέντα μεμνῆσθαι κακῶν.

6# ἀεὶ τὰ σεμνὰ πάντα κέκτηται φθόνον.

7 πτωχοῦ πήρα οὐ πίμπλαται.

8# πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγκην οὐδʼ ῞Αρης ἀνθίσταται.

9# ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἦν κλαίουσιν ἰᾶσθαι κακὰ

καὶ τὸν θανόντα δακρύοις ἀνιστάναι,

ὁ χρυσὸς ἧσσον κτῆμα τοῦ κλαίειν ἂν ἦν.

νῦν δʼ, ὦ γέραιε, ταῦτʼ ἀνηνύτως ἔχει

τὸν ἐν τάφῳ κρυφθέντα πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἄγειν.

10# ἕν ἐστι πάντων πρῶτον εἰδέναι τουτί,

φέρειν τὰ συμπίπτοντα μὴ παλιγκότως:

χοὖτός γʼ ἀνὴρ ἄριστος αἵ τε συμφοραὶ

ἧσσον δάκνουσιν. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα γὰρ λέγειν

ἐπιστάμεσθα, δρᾶν δʼ ἀμηχάνως ἔχει.

11# ὁ δʼ ἡδὺς αἰὼν ἡ κακή τʼ ἀνανδρία

οὔτʼ οἶκον οὔτε πόλιν ἀνορθώσειεν ἄν.

12# οὐκ ἂν προδοίην καίπερ ἄψυχον φίλον.

13# νοῦ δʼ οἶνος ἐξέστησέ μʼ: ὁμολογῶ δέ σε

ἀδικεῖν, τὸ δʼ ἀδίκημʼ ἐγένετʼ οὐχ ἑκούσιον.

14# ὁ γὰρ τὸν ἴδιον οἰκονομῶν κακῶς βίον

πῶς οὗτος ἂν σώσειε τῶν ἔξω τινά;

15 ἐφόδιον εἰς τὸ γῆρας αἰεὶ κατατίθου.

16# ἐχθροῖς ἀπιστῶν οὔποτʼ ἂν πάθοις βλάβην.

17# οὐδεὶς ὃ νοεῖς οἶδεν, ὃ δὲ ποιεῖς βλέπει.

18# χάριν λαβὼν μέμνησο καὶ δοὺς ἐπιλαθοῦ.

19# Γνῶθι σεαυτόν

ὅταν εἰδέναι θέλῃς σεαυτὸν ὅστις εἶ,

ἔμβλεψον εἰς τὰ μνήμαθʼ ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς.

ἐνταῦθʼ ἔνεστʼ ὀστᾶ τε καὶ κούφη κόνις

ἀνδρῶν βασιλέων καὶ τυράννων καὶ σοφῶν

καὶ μέγα φρονούντων ἐπὶ γένει καὶ χρήμασιν

αὑτῶν τε δόξῃ κἀπὶ κάλλει σωμάτων.

κᾆτι οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς τῶνδʼ ἐπήρκεσεν χρόνῳ:

κοινὸν τὸν ῞Αιδην ἔσχον οἱ πάντες βροτοί.

πρὸς ταῦθʼ ὁρῶν γίγνωσκε σαυτὸν ὅστις εἶ.

20 ὁ μὲν ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ γένοιτʼ ἄν ποτε καὶ κακός, ὁ δὲ κακὸς ἀνὴρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε
γένοιτο κακός· ἔστι γὰρ ἀεί.

21 ἐάν τις ἐπαναστῇ τῷ δήμῳ ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, ἢ τὴν τυραννίδα συγκαταστήσῃ ἢ

τὸν δῆμον τὸν ʼΑθηναίων ἢ τὴν δημοκρατίαν τὴν ʼΑθήνησιν καταλύσῃ, ὃς ἂν
τὸν τούτων τι ποιήσαντα ἀποκτείνῃ, ὅσιος ἔστω.

22 Better to suffer injustice than to commit it

From the Gorgias of Plato

ΠΩΛΟΣ ­ ΣΩΚΡΑΤΗΣ

ΠΩΛ. ἦ που ὅ γε ἀποθνῄσκων ἀδίκως ἐλεινός τε καὶ ἄθλιός ἐστιν.

ΣΩ. ἧττον ἢ ὁ ἀποκτείνων, ὦ Πῶλε, καὶ ἧττον ἢ ὁ δικαίως ἀποθνῄσκων.

ΠΩΛ. πῶς δῆτα, ὦ Σώκρατες;

ΣΩ. οὕτως, ὡς μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν τυγχάνει ὂν τὸ ἀδικεῖν.

ΠΩΛ. ἦ γὰρ τοῦτο μέγιστον; οὐ τὸ ἀδικεῖσθαι μεῖζον;

ΣΩ. ἥκιστά γε.

ΠΩΛ. σὺ ἄρα βούλοιο ἂν ἀδικεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἀδικεῖν;

ΣΩ. βουλοίμην μὲν ἂν ἔγωγε οὐδέτερα: εἰ δʼ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ
ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι ἢ ἀδικεῖν.

ΠΩΛ. σὺ ἄρα τυραννεῖν οὐκ ἂν δέξαιο;

ΣΩ. οὐκ, εἰ τὸ τυραννεῖν γε λέγεις ὅπερ ἐγώ.

ΠΩΛ. ἀλλʼ ἔγωγε τοῦτο λέγω ὅπερ ἄρτι, ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῇ πόλει, ὃ ἂν δοκῇ αὐτῷ,
ποιεῖν τοῦτο, καὶ ἀποκτείνοντι καὶ ἐκβάλλοντι καὶ πάντα πράττοντι κατὰ τὴν
αὑτοῦ δόξαν.

μελέτη, ­ης, ἡ practice

χρονίζομαι be prolonged

καθίσταμαι+ come into a certain state, become (εἰς + acc.)

Λίβυς, ­υος, ὁ Libys (personal name)

ἀπόφθεγμα, ­ατος, τό saying

πιαίνω fatten

φήσειε 3 s. aor. opt. of φημί (aor. ἔφησα)

σύμβουλος, ­ου, ὁ adviser

πήρα, ­ας, ἡ pouch, wallet

κλαίουσι d. pl. pres. pple. act. of κλαίω

ἀνηνύτως ἔχει it is impossible

συμπίπτω+ happen, befall

παλιγκότως (adv.) resentfully

χοὖτος crasis for καὶ οὗτος

ἐπιστάμεσθα = ­μεθα

ἀμηχάνως ἔχω be hard/impossible

ἀνανδρία, ­ας, ἡ cowardice

ἀνορθόω restore, set right

ἄψυχος, ­ον lifeless, dead

ἐξίστημι+ drive out of

ἑκούσιος, ­α, ­ον willing, deliberate

οἰκονομέω manage

ἐφόδιον, ­ου, τό travelling supplies/money

κατατίθημι+ put down/aside, deposit

νοέω think

ἐμβλέπω look at (εἰς + acc.)

ὁδοιπορέω travel, pass by

κᾆτι = καὶ ἔτι

ἐπαρκέω help, assist (+ dat.)

ἔσχον gnomic aorist (from ἔχω)

ἐπανίσταμαι+ rise up against (+ dat.)

συγκαθίστημι+ help to establish

δημοκρατία, ­ας, ἡ democracy

ὅσιος, ­α, ­ον free from pollution, stainless

Πῶλος, ­ου, ὁ Polus

ἐλεινός, ­ή, ­όν to be pitied, pitiable

λέγω mean

ἐξεῖναι (inf. of ἔξεστι) explanatory of τοῦτο, trans. the power to ...

κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ δόξαν in accordance with his own judgement

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 19
Cover 1. If practice is prolonged it becomes natural (lit. comes into nature) (practice
Introduction makes perfect).
Main Index
Links 2. The saying of Libys could be right; for when he was asked what particularly
fattens a horse, he said, 'Its master's eye.'
Unit Key 18
3. A man would/will say that it is easy to censure, but to do what is needed with
Unit Key 20 respect to the present situation is (lit. this is) the part of an adviser.

Unit 19 4. He is afraid of his own shadow.

5. 'Tis indeed sweet when one has been saved to remember one's troubles.

6. Everything that is majestic always (lit. all majestic things) incurs (lit. has
obtained) envy.

7. The wallet of a beggar cannot be (lit. is not) filled.

8. Not even Ares can stand against necessity.

9. But if it were possible for those who weep to cure their troubles and [for] the
dead to rise up by weeping (lit. by tears), gold would be a lesser possession
than weeping. But, as it is, old man, this is impossible, [viz] to lead [back] to
the light (sc. of day) the man who has been hidden in his tomb. (Sophocles
fragment 557)

10. This is the one thing to know first of all, [viz] [how] to bear what befalls
[one] without resentment (lit. not resentfully); this man (i.e. the man who
knows how to do this) is best, and his misfortunes sting [him] less. We certainly
know how to say this, but to do it is hard. (Euripides fragment 572)

11. A sweet life and/or base cowardice could never restore a house or a city (lit.
could restore neither .. nor..).

12. I would not betray a friend even when (lit. although) dead.

13. Wine drove me out of my mind; I admit that I do you wrong, but the wrong
was not deliberate.

14. How could the man who manages his own life badly save any of those
outside?

15. Always put aside travelling money for old age.

16. If you put no trust in enemies you will never suffer harm.

17. No­one knows what you think, but [everyone] sees what you do.

18. When you receive a favour remember it, and when you give one forget it.

19. Know thyself (i.e. your limitations as a human being).

When you wish to know who you are, look at the tombs as you journey by. [In]
there are the bones and light dust of kings and tyrants and sages, and of those
who were proud of (lit. over) their birth and wealth and reputation and physical
beauty (lit. beauty of their bodies). And still none of these things availed them
in [the passage of] time. Common [is] the death (lit. Hades) [which] all mortals
have. In the light of this look and realise who you are. (Menander)

20. The good man might one day become bad, but the bad man could never
become bad; for he is always.

21. If anyone rises up against the people with a view to [establishing] a tyranny,
or helps to establish a tyranny, or overthrows the Athenian people or the
democracy at Athens, whoever kills the man who has done any of these things
shall be free from pollution (lit. let the man who....be free of pollution).

22. Polus: At any rate, I imagine, the man who is unjustly killed (lit. dies) is
pitiable and wretched.

Socrates: Less than the killer, Polus, and less than the man who is justly put to
death.
P.: How do you make that out, Socrates?
S.: Like this: injustice is (lit. happens being) the greatest of evils.
P.: Is this really the greatest [evil]? Is not suffering injustice (lit. being
wronged) a greater?
S.: Not at all.
P.: You then would wish rather to suffer injustice than to commit it, would you?
S.: For my part, I should like neither; but if it were necessary to commit
injustice or to suffer it, I should choose suffering it rather than committing it.
P.: Then you would not accept to be a tyrant?
S.: No, if [by] tyranny you mean what I do.
P.: Well, I mean what I did just now ­ the power to do in the state whatever
seems good to the ruler (lit. him), killing, banishing, and doing everything in
accordance with his own judgement. (Slightly adapted from Plato Gorgias
469B)
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 20
Cover
Introduction Unit 20
Main Index
Links 1# ἐμοῦ θανόντος γαῖα μιχθήτω πυρί.

2 οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸς ἅπαντα σοφός.

Unit 19
3# ἀπώλεσας τὸν οἶνον ἐπιχέας ὕδωρ.
Unit 21
4 τῶν πόνων πωλοῦσιν ἡμῖν πάντα τἀγάθʼ οἱ θεοί.
Unit Key 20
5# ὅπου βία πάρεστιν, οὐδὲν ἰσχύει νόμος.

6 ἐκ τριχὸς κρέμαται.

7# καίτοι τί πάσχω; βούλομαι γέλωτʼ ὀφλεῖν

ἐχθροὺς μεθεῖσα τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἀζημίους;

8 ἐνταῦθα Ξενοφῶν ὁρᾷ τοῦ ὄρους τὴν κορυφὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν
στρατεύματος οὖσαν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα ἦσαν οἱ
πολέμιοι, καὶ λέγει, κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ
ἄκρον: ἢν γὰρ τοῦτο λάβωμεν, οὐ δυνήσονται μένειν οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ. ἀλλά, εἰ
βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι: εἰ δὲ χρῄζεις,
πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ.

9# ὅστις νέος ὢν μουσῶν ἀμελεῖ,

τόν τε παρελθόντʼ ἀπόλωλε χρόνον

καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα τέθνηκεν.

10# πέφυκε γάρ πως παισὶ πολέμιον γυνὴ

τοῖς πρόσθεν ἡ ζυγεῖσα δευτέρῳ γάμῳ.

11# ἀρετὴ δὲ κἂν θάνῃ τις οὐκ ἀπόλλυται,

ζῇ δʼ οὐκέτʼ ὄντος σώματος· κακοῖσι δὲ

ἅπαντα φροῦδα συνθανόνθʼ ὑπὸ χθονός.

12# οἰκοφθόρον γὰρ ἄνδρα κωλύει γυνὴ

ἐσθλὴ παραζευχθεῖσα καὶ σῴζει δόμους.

13# χρόνος δίκαιον ἄνδρα δείκνυσιν μόνος.

14 Egyptian regulations concerning theft

For the Greeks, the Egyptians were always a race apart whose bizarre customs
and institutions seldom had parallels in the Greek world. The following is from
the historian Diodorus Siculus (first century BC).

ὑπῆρχε δὲ περὶ τῶν κλεπτῶν νόμος παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις ἰδιώτατος. ἐκέλευε γὰρ
τοὺς μὲν βουλομένους ἔχειν ταύτην τὴν ἐργασίαν ἀπογράφεσθαι πρὸς τὸν
ἀρχίφωρα, καὶ τὸ κλαπὲν ὁμολόγως ἀναφέρειν παραχρῆμα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον,
τοὺς δὲ ἀπολέσαντας παραπλησίως ἀπογράφειν αὐτῷ καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν
ἀπολωλότων, προστιθέντας τόν τε τόπον καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ὥραν καθʼ ἣν
ἀπώλεσεν. τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τρόπῳ πάντων ἑτοίμως εὑρισκομένων, ἔδει τὸν
ἀπολέσαντα τὸ τέταρτον μέρος τῆς ἀξίας δόντα κτήσασθαι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ μόνα.
ἀδυνάτου γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ πάντας ἀποστῆσαι τῆς κλοπῆς εὗρε πόρον ὁ
νομοθέτης διʼ οὗ πᾶν τὸ ἀπολόμενον σωθήσεται μικρῶν διδομένων λύτρων.

15# Eteocles tells his mother Jocasta that he will not yield the sovereignty
of Thebes to his brother Polynices

From the Phoenician Women of Euripides

ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐδέν, μῆτερ, ἀποκρύψας ἐρῶ:

ἄστρων ἂν ἔλθοιμʼ αἰθέρος πρὸς ἀντολὰς

καὶ γῆς ἔνερθεν, δυνατὸς ὢν δρᾶσαι τάδε,

τὴν θεῶν μεγίστην ὥστʼ ἔχειν Τυραννίδα.

τοῦτʼ οὖν τὸ χρηστόν, μῆτερ, οὐχὶ βούλομαι

ἄλλῳ παρεῖναι μᾶλλον ἢ σῴζειν ἐμοί:

ἀνανδρία γάρ, τὸ πλέον ὅστις ἀπολέσας

τοὔλασσον ἔλαβε. πρὸς δὲ τοῖσδʼ αἰσχύνομαι,

ἐλθόντα σὺν ὅπλοις τόνδε καὶ πορθοῦντα γῆν

τυχεῖν ἃ χρῄζει: ταῖς γὰρ ἂν Θήβαις τόδε

γένοιτʼ ὄνειδος, εἰ Μυκηναίου δορὸς

φόβῳ παρείην σκῆπτρα τἀμὰ τῷδʼ ἔχειν.

χρῆν δʼ αὐτὸν οὐχ ὅπλοισι τὰς διαλλαγάς,

μῆτερ, ποιεῖσθαι: πᾶν γὰρ ἐξαιρεῖ λόγος

ὃ καὶ σίδηρος πολεμίων δράσειεν ἄν.

ἀλλʼ, εἰ μὲν ἄλλως τήνδε γῆν οἰκεῖν θέλει,

ἔξεστʼ: ἐκεῖνο δʼ οὐχ ἑκὼν μεθήσομαι.

μιχθήτω 3 s. aor. imp. pass. of μείγνυμι (ἐμίχθην)

ἐπιχέω (aor. ἐπέχεα) pour on/in

τἀφανῆ = τὰ ἀφανῆ
ἰσχύω have strength

ὀφλισκάνω (aor. ὦφλον) incur

ἀζήμιος, ­ον unpunished

κορυφή, ­ῆς, ἡ peak

ἔφοδος, ­ου, ἡ way of approach

ἵεμαι rush, hasten

ἐπί (+ dat.) in command of

ἀμελέω be neglectful of (+ gen.)

κἂν = καὶ ἐάν

φροῦδος, ­η, ­ον gone, vanished

συνθνῄσκω+ die along with

# οἰκοφθόρος, ­ον ruining a house, prodigal

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν good, faithful

# παραζεύγνυμι yoke, couple (in marriage)

ὑπάρχω+ exist

ἐργασία, ­ας, ἡ trade

ἀπογράφομαι+ register oneself with (πρός+acc.)

ἀρχίφωρ, ­ωρος, ὁ chief thief

κλαπέν acc. s. neut. of aor. pple. pass. of κλέπτω

ὁμολόγως (adv.) by agreement

παραχρῆμα (adv.) forthwith, immediately

παραπλησίως (adv.) likewise

ἀπογράφω+ hand in a list

ὥρα, ­ας, ἡ hour

ἑτοίμως (adv.) readily

ἀξία, ­ας, ἡ worth, value

ἀφίστημι+ hinder, stop

πόρος, ­ου, ὁ way, means

νομοθέτης, ­ου, ὁ legislator

λύτρον, ­ου, τό ransom, indemnity (usually in pl.)

ἀποκρύπτω+ conceal

ἄστρον, ­ου, τό star

# ἀντολή, ­ῆς, ἡ (= ἀνα­) rising

ἔνερθεν (+ gen.) beneath

παρεῖναι aor. inf. act. of παρίημι, yield, give up

ἀνανδρία, ­ας, ἡ cowardice

τοὔλασσον (=τὸ ἔλ­) the lesser (sc. portion)

ἔλαβε gnomic aorist (5.2.10 note)

τυγχάνω get, obtain

Μυκηναῖος, ­α, ­ον Mycenaean

δορός poetical gen. s. of δόρυ, spear (here military might)

παρείην 1s. aor. opt. act. of παρίημι

τἀμά = τὰ ἐμά

χρῆν = χρῆν ἄν

χρῆν ... αὐτόν he should

διαλλαγή, ­ῆς, ἡ reconciliation

ἐξαιρέω+ accomplish

ἄλλως (adv.) on other terms

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 20
Cover 1. When I die, let earth be mixed with fire.
Introduction
Main Index 2. No­one of men is himself wise in everything.
Links
3. You spoiled the wine by pouring in water.
Unit Key 19
4. The gods sell us every boon (lit. all good things) at the price of labour(s).
Unit Key 21
5. Where there is violence the law has no strength.
Unit 20
6. It hangs by a hair.

7. And yet what is happening to me? Do I want to incur ridicule by letting my

enemies go unpunished?

8. Then Xenophon saw (historic pres.) that the summit of the mountain was
above their own army and that from it there was a way of approach to the hill
where the enemy were, and he said (hist. pres.), ' Cheirisophus, it is best for us
to rush as fast as possible to the top; for if we take it, those men above the road
will not be able to remain [there]. But if you wish, stay in command of the
army, and I am willing to set out; but, if you prefer, make for the mountain, and
I will remain here.' (Xenophon, Anabasis 3.4.41).

9. The man who neglects the Muses when he is young is lost for the past and
dead for the future.

10. The woman who is yoked in a second marriage is somehow a thing of

enmity to her former children.

11. Even if a man dies his virtue does not perish, but lives on when the body no
longer exists; but for evil men everything dies with them and is gone beneath
the earth.

12. A good woman yoked in marriage prevents her husband [from] ruining his
house and saves their home.

13. Time alone reveals a just man.

14. Among the Egyptians there existed a very peculiar law concerning thieves.
It instructed those who wished to ply (lit. have) this trade to register themselves
with the chief thief, and by agreement immediately to bring to him what had
been stolen. [It]similarly [instructed] those who had lost [anything] to hand in
an itemised (lit. according to each [item]) list to him of the missing [items],
adding the place and the day and the hour at which [the person robbed] lost [his
property]. In this way, since everything could be found easily, the person who
had been robbed (lit. had lost) had to give one­fourth of the value [of the item
stolen] and [thus] recover his own property [and that] alone. For since it was
impossible to stop everyone from stealing, the legislator devised a means by
which everything which had been stolen (lit. lost) would be recovered (lit.
saved) by the payment of a small indemnity (lit. a small indemnity being
given). (Diodorus Siculus 1.80)
15. I will speak out, mother, concealing nothing. I would go to the risings of the
stars of the heavens and beneath the earth if I could do this, [viz] possess the
greatest of divinities, Sovereignty (ὥστε need not be translated). So I have no
desire, mother, to surrender this prize (lit. good thing) to another rather than
keep it for myself. For it is cowardice when a man (lit. whoever) throws away
the greater [advantage] and takes the lesser. Besides, I am ashamed that this
man (i.e. this brother of mine) should come in arms and ravage the land and
[so] achieve his desire; for this would be a disgrace to Thebes, if, through fear
of Mycenean might, I were to yield my sceptre to this man to hold. He should
not have [tried] to make a reconciliation with arms, mother; for discussion
accomplishes everything which the steel of enemies can do. Yet, if he consents
to live here on other terms (i.e. as a private citizen), he may; but I shall not
willingly give up that [royal power]. (Euripides Phoenician Women 503­519)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Extra Reading: Units 16 ­ 20
Cover
Introduction Extra reading for units 16­20
Main Index
Links 1# πᾶς τις ἀπαίδευτος φρονιμώτατός ἐστι σιωπῶν,

τὸν λόγον ἐγκρύπτων ὡς πάθος αἰσχρότατον.

Extra Reading
11­15 2# νόμιζε γήμας δοῦλος εἶναι τοῦ βίου.
Extra Reading 3# μοχθεῖν ἀνάγκη: τὰς δὲ δαιμόνων τύχας
21­24
ὅστις φέρει κάλλιστʼ ἀνὴρ οὗτος σοφός.
Extra Reading
Key 16 ­ 20 4# ἀνδρῶν δὲ φαύλων ὅρκον εἰς ὕδωρ γράφε.

5# ἀνὴρ ἀχάριστος μὴ νομιζέσθω φίλος.

6# πενίας βαρύτερον οὐδέν ἐστι φορτίον.

7# διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς πικρότερον κατηγόρει.

8# ἔργοις φιλόπονος ἴσθι, μὴ λόγοις μόνον.

9# λήσειν διὰ τέλους μὴ δόκει πονηρὸς ὤν.

10# μηδέποτε πειρῶ δύο φίλων εἶναι κριτής.

11# οὐκ ἔσθʼ ὑγιείας κρεῖττον οὐδὲν ἐν βίῳ.

12# ἀρχῆς ἁπάσης ἡγεμὼν ἔστω λόγος.

13# φιλεῖ δʼ ἑαυτοῦ πλεῖον οὐδεὶς οὐδένα.

14# εἰ δʼ εὐτυχῶν τις καὶ βίον κεκτημένος

μηδὲν δόμοισι τῶν καλῶν πειράσεται,

ἐγὼ μὲν οὔποτʼ αὐτὸν ὄλβιον καλῶ,

φύλακα δὲ μᾶλλον χρημάτων εὐδαίμονα.

15# πολλοί σε μισήσουσιν ἂν σαυτὸν φιλῇς.

16# τεθνᾶσι παῖδες οὐκ ἐμοὶ μόνῃ βροτῶν

οὐδʼ ἀνδρὸς ἐστερήμεθʼ, ἀλλὰ μυρίαι
τὸν αὐτὸν ἐξήντλησαν ὡς ἐγὼ βίον.

17 ἱστορίας γὰρ ἐὰν ἀφέλῃ τις τὸ διὰ τι καὶ πῶς καὶ τίνος χάριν ἐπράχθη τὸ
πραχθὲν καὶ πότερα εὔλογον ἔσχε τὸ τέλος, τὸ καταλειπόμενον αὐτῆς ἀγώνισμα
μὲν μάθημα δʼ οὐ γίγνεται· καὶ παραυτίκα μὲν τέρπει, πρὸς δὲ τὸ μέλλον οὐδὲν
ὠφελεῖ τὸ παράπαν.
18 Λάκαινά τις ἀκούσασα τεθνάναι τὸν υἱὸν ἐν μάχῃ καθάπερ ἐτέτακτο,
κατάθετε αὐτόν, ἔφη, ἀναπληρωσάτω δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου τάξιν ὁ ἀδελφός.

19 ἄλλη Λάκαινα αἰχμαλωτευθεῖσα καὶ ἐρωτωμένη ὑπό τινος, εἰ ἔσται ἀγαθὴ

ἂν αὐτὴν ἀγοράσῃ, εἶπεν, κἂν μὴ ἀγοράσῃς.

20 παρʼ Εὐκλείδῃ τις ἀρξάμενος γεωμετρεῖν, ὡς τὸ πρῶτον θεώρημα ἔμαθεν,

ἤρετο τὸν Εὐκλείδην, τί δέ μοι πλέον ἔσται ταῦτα μαθόντι; καὶ ὁ Εὐκλείδης τὸν
παῖδα καλέσας, δός, ἔφη, αὐτῷ τριώβολον ἐπειδὴ δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐξ ὧν μανθάνει
κερδαίνειν.

ἀπαίδευτος, ­ον uneducated

ἐγκρύπτω+ hide, conceal

πάθος, ­ους, τό misfortune

ἀχάριστος, ­ον ungracious, ungrateful

φιλόπονος, ­ον industrious, energetic

διὰ τέλους completely, always

πλεῖον poetical form of πλέον

ἄν = ἐάν

τεθνᾶσι = τεθνήκασι

ἐξαντλέω endure to the end, see out

χάριν (acc. used as prep. + gen.) for the sake of, on account of

τίνος χάριν; for what reason?

ἀγώνισμα, ­ατος, τό prize essay

τέρπω delight, gladden

κατατίθημι+ lay down

ἀναπληρόω fill up

τάξις, ­εως, ἡ post, place (in the battle­line)

αἰχμαλωτεύω capture

ἄν = ἐάν

κἄν = καὶ ἐάν

Εὐκλείδης, ­ου, ὁ Euclid

γεωμετρέω study geometry

θεώρημα, ­ατος, τό theorem

πλέον ( compar. of πολύς) advantage (lit. more)

τριώβολον, ­ου, τό a 3­obol piece, a half drachma

κερδαίνω make profit

τριώβολον, ­ου, τό three­obol piece, half a drachma

κερδαίνω make profit

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Extra Reading: Units 16 ­ 20
Cover 1. Everyone [who is] uneducated is most sensible when he keeps silent,
Introduction concealing his speech like the ugliest misfortune.
Main Index
Links 2. If you are married consider yourself a slave of life.

Extra Reading 3. [Everyone] must labour; whoever bears best the fortunes sent by (lit. of) the
Key 11­15 gods is a wise man.

Extra Reading 4. Inscribe the oath of bad men on (lit. into) water.
Key 21­24
5. Let the man [who is] ungrateful not be considered a friend.
Extra Reading
Unit 16­20 6. There is no burden heavier than poverty.

7. Make your accusations more pointed by keeping silent (lit. accuse more
bitterly through silence).

8. Be industrious in action(s), not just in word(s).

9. Do not think that your wickedness will always go unnoticed (lit. you will
always escape notice being wicked).

10. Never try to be the judge of/between two friends.

11. There is nothing in life superior to health.

12. Let reason be the guide in/of all power.

13. No­one loves anyone more than himself.

14. If anyone who is fortunate and possesses a livelihood (i.e. has a fortunate
life) does (lit. will) not make trial of what is good in his house, I will never call
him happy, but rather a fortunate guardian of his money. (Philemon fragment
99)

15. Many will hate you if you love yourself.

16. Not for me alone of mortal women are children dead, nor am I (lit. are we)
[alone among women] deprived of my husband; countless women have endured
the same life as I.

17. In [writing] (lit. of) history, if you remove the 'Why' and 'How' and 'For
what purpose was what was done done' and 'Whether it had a reasonable
outcome', what is left of it constitutes a prize essay, not a lesson; it gives
immediate delight, but it in no way offers assistance for the future. (Polybius 3,
31,12)

18. When a Spartan woman heard that her son had been killed in battle just
where (lit. as) he had been stationed, she said, 'Lay him down, and let his
brother fill his post.'

19. Another Spartan woman, who had been captured and was being asked by
someone if she would be good if he bought her, said, 'Also if you don't buy
[me].'

20. When a man who had begun to study geometry with Euclid had learned the
first theorem, he asked Euclid, 'And what advantage will I have by learning
this?' And Euclid, calling his slave, said, 'Give him half a drachma since he has
to make a profit out of what he learns.'

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 21
Cover
Introduction Unit 21
Main Index
Links 1 οὐκ ἔστιν θνητοῖσι πρὸς ἀθανάτους μαχέσασθαι.

2 πρὸ τῶν τοιούτων χρὴ δάκνειν τὸ στόμα.

Unit 20
3 οὐκ ἔστιν εὖ ἄρχειν μὴ ἀρχθέντα.
Unit 22
4# ὦ παῖ, γένοιο πατρὸς εὐτυχέστερος,
Unit Key 21
τὰ δʼ ἄλλʼ ὅμοιος, καὶ γένοιʼ ἂν οὐ κακός.

5# ἄρχειν παρόν μοι, τῷδε δουλεύσω ποτέ;

6# μή νυν πρότερον μηδεὶς ὑμῶν ἀντείπῃ μηδʼ ὑποκρούσῃ,

πρὶν ἐπίστασθαι τὴν ἐπίνοιαν καὶ τοῦ φράζοντος ἀκούσῃ.

7# τῇ δʼ ʼΑφροδίτῃ πόλλʼ ἔνεστι ποικίλα:

τέρπει τε γὰρ μάλιστα καὶ λυπεῖ βροτούς.

τύχοιμι δʼ αὐτῆς ἡνίκʼ ἐστὶν εὐμενής.

8# ὅστις δὲ τοὺς τεκόντας ἐν βίῳ σέβει,

ὅδʼ ἐστὶ καὶ ζῶν καὶ θανὼν θεοῖς φίλος·

ὅστις δὲ τοὺς φύσαντας μὴ τιμᾶν θέλει,

μή μοι γένοιτο μήτε συνθύτης τοῖς θεοῖς

μήτʼ ἐν θαλάσσῃ κοινόπλουν στέλλοι σκάφος.

9# ἐχθροῖσιν εἴη πολεμίαν δάμαρτʼ ἔχειν.

10# ὥσπερ δὲ θνητὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμʼ ἡμῶν ἔφυ,

οὕτω προσήκει μηδὲ τὴν ὀργὴν ἔχειν

ἀθάνατον ὅστις σωφρωνεῖν ἐπίσταται.

11# ἓν δε σοι μόνον προφωνῶ, μὴ ἐπὶ δουλείαν ποτὲ

ζῶν ἑκὼν ἔλθῃς, παρὸν σοὶ κατθανεῖν ἐλευθέρῳ.

12# εἴθʼ ὤφελʼ ʼΑργοῦς μὴ διαπτάσθαι σκάφος

Κόλχων ἐς αἶαν κυανέας Συμπληγάδας,

μηδʼ ἐν νάπαισι Πηλίου πεσεῖν ποτε

τμηθεῖσα πεύκη, μηδʼ ἐρετμῶσαι χέρας

ἀνδρῶν ἀριστέων οἳ τὸ πάγχρυσον δέρας

Πελίᾳ μετῆλθον.

13 καὶ γὰρ ὁ Σωκράτης ἐφίλει λέγειν, οἷος ὁ βίος, τοιοῦτος καὶ ὁ λόγος: οἷος δὲ
ὁ λόγος, τοιαῦται καὶ αἱ πράξεις.

14 Conversation with the old

In this passage from Plato's Republic Socrates assures the elderly Cephalus, a
resident of the Piraeus, that he is only too happy to travel some distance in
order to converse with men of experience.

εὐθὺς οὖν μʼ ἰδὼν ὁ Κέφαλος ἠσπάζετό τε καὶ εἶπεν, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐ θαμίζεις

ἡμῖν καταβαίνων εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ: χρῆν μέντοι. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ ἔτι ἐδυνάμην
ῥᾳδίως πορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἄστυ, οὐδὲν ἄν σʼ ἔδει δεῦρο ἰέναι, ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἂν
παρὰ σὲ ᾖμεν: νῦν δέ σε χρὴ πυκνότερον δεῦρο ἰέναι: ὡς εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι ἔμοιγε
ὅσον αἱ ἄλλαι αἱ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἡδοναὶ ἀπομαραίνονται, τοσοῦτον αὔξονται αἱ
περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἐπιθυμίαι τε καὶ ἡδοναί. μὴ οὖν ἄλλως ποίει, ἀλλὰ τοῖσδέ τε
τοῖς νεανίαις σύνισθι καὶ δεῦρο παρʼ ἡμᾶς φοίτα ὡς παρὰ φίλους τε καὶ πάνυ
οἰκείους. καὶ μήν, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, ὦ Κέφαλε, χαίρω γε διαλεγόμενος τοῖς σφόδρα
πρεσβύταις. δοκεῖ γάρ μοι χρῆναι παρʼ αὐτῶν πυνθάνεσθαι, ὥσπερ τινὰ ὁδὸν
προεληλυθότων, ἣν καὶ ἡμᾶς δεήσει πορεύεσθαι, ποία τίς ἐστι, τραχεῖα καὶ
χαλεπή, ἢ ῥᾳδία καὶ εὔπορος.

15# The battle of Salamis

In the narrow strait between the island of Salamis and Attica the fleet of the
invading Persians was decisively defeated by the Athenians in 480 BC.
Aeschylus described the battle in his play The Persians.

ἐπεί γε μέντοι λευκόπωλος ἡμέρα

πᾶσαν κατέσχε γαῖαν εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν,

πρῶτον μὲν ἠχῇ κέλαδος ̔

Ελλήνων πάρα

μολπηδὸν εὐφήμησεν, ὄρθιον δʼ ἅμα

ἀντηλάλαξε νησιώτιδος πέτρας

ἠχώ, φόβος δὲ πᾶσι βαρβάροις παρῆν

γνώμης ἀποσφαλεῖσιν: οὐ γὰρ ὡς φυγῇ

παιᾶνʼ ἐφύμνουν σεμνὸν ῞Ελληνες τότε,

ἀλλʼ ἐς μάχην ὁρμῶντες εὐψύχῳ θράσει.

σάλπιγξ δʼ ἀϋτῇ πάντʼ ἐκεῖνʼ ἐπέφλεγεν:

εὐθὺς δὲ κώπης ῥοθιάδος ξυνεμβολῇ

ἔπαισαν ἅλμην βρύχιον ἐκ κελεύματος.

θοῶς δὲ πάντες ἦσαν ἐκφανεῖς ἰδεῖν:

τὸ δέξιον μὲν πρῶτον εὐτάκτως κέρας

ἡγεῖτο κόσμῳ, δεύτερον δʼ ὁ πᾶς στόλος

ἐπεξεχώρει, καὶ παρῆν ὁμοῦ κλύειν

πολλὴν βοήν: ὦ παῖδες ̔

Ελλήνων, ἴτε

ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδʼ, ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ

παῖδας γυναῖκας θεῶν τε πατρῴων ἕδη

θήκας τε προγόνων: νῦν ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀγών.

ὑποκρούω break in, interrupt

ἐπίνοια, ­ας, ἡ intention

τέρπω gladden, delight

ἡνίκα (conj.) when

σέβω honour

συνθύτης, ­ου, ὁ fellow­sacrificer

# κοινόπλους, ­ουν sailing together

σκάφος, ­ους, τό boat, ship

κοινόπλουν στέλλω σκάφος lit. send out a ship sailing together, i.e. make a
voyage together

# δάμαρ, ­αρτος, ἡ wife

# προφωνέω proclaim

κατθανεῖν = καταθανεῖν

ʼΑργώ, ­οῦς, ἡ Argo (Jason's ship)

διαπέτομαι (aor. ­επτάμην) fly through, wing one's way through (+ acc.)

Κόλχοι, ­ων, οἱ Colchians (people on the east coast of the Black Sea)

# αἶα, ­ας, ἡ land

Συμπληγάδες, ­άδων, αἱ Symplegades, Clashing Rocks

νάπη, ­ης, ἡ glen, valley

Πήλιον, ­ου, τό Pelion (mountain in Thessaly)

τμηθεῖσα nom. s. f. aor. pple. pass. of τέμνω

πεύκη, ­ης, ἡ pine

# ἐρετμόω furnish with oars

ἀριστεύς, ­έως, ὁ warrior, chief

# πάγχρυσος, ­ον all­golden, of pure gold

# δέρας, ­ατος, τό fleece

Πελίας, ­ου, ὁ Pelias (Jason's uncle)

μετέρχομαι+ go to fetch

πράξις, ­εως, ἡ action

Κέφαλος, ­ου, ὁ Cephalus

θαμίζω be accustomed to (+pple., καταβαίνων )

χρῆν = χρῆν ἄν, i.e. you should

πυκνότερον (compar. adv.) more often

ἀπομαραίνομαι wither away

αὔξομαι grow, increase

πρεσβύτης, ­ου, ὁ old man

προέρχομαι+ (perf. προελήλυθα) go ahead, precede

εὔπορος, ­ον easy to travel

λευκόπωλος, ­ον with white horses

κατέχω+occupy, cover

#εὐφεγγής, ­ές bright, brilliant

ἠχή, ­ῆς, ἡ sound, noise (here dat. of manner, resoundingly)

#κέλαδος, ­ου, ὁ shout, cheer

#μολπηδόν (adv.) like a song

εὐφημέω ring out triumphantly

ὄρθιον (adv.) shrilly, loudly

ἀνταλαλάζω return a shout

νησιῶτις, ­ιδος (f. adj.) of an island (here Salamis)

ἀποσφάλλομαι+ be disappointed/mistaken in (+ gen.)

παιάν, ­ᾶνος, ὁ paean, solemn chant

ἐφυμνέω sing, chant

ὁρμάω hasten, advance

εὔψυχος, ­ον courageous

σάλπιγξ, ­ιγγος, ἡ trumpet

# ἀϋτή, ­ῆς, ἡ call, blast

ἐπιφλέγω set ablaze

κώπη, ­ης, ἡ oar

#ῥοθιάς, ­άδος (f. adj.) dashing

#ξυνεμβολή, ­ῆς, ἡ pulling together (on the oars)

#βρύχιος, ­α, ­ον deep

κέλευμα, ­ατος, τό word of command

#θοῶς (adv.) swiftly

ἐκφανής, ­ές plain, manifest

κόσμος, ­ου, ὁ good order

στόλος, ­ου, ὁ fleet

ἐπεκχωρέω come out against

#κλύω hear

πατρῷος, ­α, ­ον ancestral

ἕδος, ­ους, τό seat, dwelling­place

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 21
Cover 1. It is not possible for mortals to fight against the gods.
Introduction
Main Index 2. In the face of such [a situation] one must bite one's lip (lit. mouth).
Links
3. It is not possible that a man who has not been ruled [can] rule well.
Unit Key 20
4. My son, may you be more fortunate than your father, but in other respects
Unit Key 22 like [him], for (lit. and) [so] you would not be base.

Unit 21 5. Since I have the chance to rule, shall I ever be this man's slave?

6. So let none of you speak in opposition or interrupt before/until you know

what is intended (lit. the intention) and have listened to the explanation (lit.. the
man who explains).

7. There are many diverse [moods] in Aphrodite; for in particular she both
delights and grieves mortal men. May I experience (lit. get) her when she is
well­disposed.

8. The man who reveres his parents in life is dear to the gods both alive and
dead; but may the man who refuses to honour his parents neither join in
sacrifice to the gods with me nor share a voyage with me on the sea. (Euripides
fragment 852)

9. May it be [given] to my enemies to have a hostile wife.

10. Just as our body is not everlasting (lit. mortal), so it is fitting that the man
who knows how to be sensible does not keep his anger for ever (lit. immortal)
either.

11. I proclaim one thing alone to you: never willingly go alive to slavery, if you
have the chance to die free.

12. Would that the ship Argo (lit. of Argo) had not winged her way through the
dark­blue Clashing Rocks to the Colchians' land and that the pine had never
been cut and fallen in the glades of Pelion nor furnished with oars the hands of
the heroes who went to fetch the golden fleece for Pelias. (Euripides Medea 1­
6)

13. Indeed Socrates was accustomed to say, ' The nature of one's words is the
same as one's life; and the nature of one's actions the same as one's words.' (lit.
of what sort is life, of such a sort also speech; and of what sort speech, of such a
sort also is action(s))

14. The moment he saw me (lit. immediately having seen me) Cephalus greeted
me, saying, 'You don't often (lit. are not accustomed to) come down to the
Piraeus to [see] us. But you should. For if I were still able to make the journey
easily to the city, there would be no need for you to come here, but we would
go to you. As it is, you should come here more often. For, I assure you (lit.
know well that), in my case, in proportion as the physical (lit. with respect to
the body) pleasures wither away, so do my desire for and pleasure in
conversation increase. So don't do anything else, but associate with these young
men and visit us here as [you would] friends and close relatives.' 'Yes,
Cephalus,' I said, ' and I do enjoy conversing with the very old. For I think that
we should learn from them, as from men who have preceded us along a road
which we too will have to travel, what sort of road it is, rough and difficult or
easy and pleasant to travel.' (Adapted from Plato Republic 328 C­E)

15. But when day with her white steeds covered all the land, brilliant to see,
first of all a resounding (lit. resoundingly) shout rang out triumphantly like a
song from the Greeks, and at the same time the echo resounded loudly from the
rock of the island, and fear was present among all the barbarians, mistaken in
their judgement; for the Greeks then were not chanting the holy paean as in
flight, but advancing to battle with courageous boldness. The trumpet set all
those parts ablaze with its blare; and immediately, pulling together with their
plashing oars (lit. with pulling together of plashing oar), they smote the deep
sea at the word of command. Swiftly they were all manifest to see: first of all in
good formation the right wing led the way in order , then the whole fleet came
out to the attack, and at the same time one could hear a great shout: 'Sons of the
Greeks, go [forth] and free your native land, free your wives and children and
the dwelling­places of your ancestral gods and the tombs of your ancestors.
Now is the struggle for all.' (Aeschylus Persians 386­405)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 22
Cover
Introduction Unit 22
Main Index
Links 1# οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις πάντʼ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ:

ἢ γὰρ πεφυκὼς ἐσθλὸς οὐκ ἔχει βίον,

Unit 21
ἢ δυσγενὴς ὢν πλουσίαν ἀροῖ πλάκα.
Unit 23
2# ἀβουλίᾳ γὰρ πολλὰ βλάπτονται βροτοί.
Unit Key 22
3# ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε.

4# πένης ὑπάρχων μὴ φρόνει τὰ πλουσίων.

5 When the Greek mercenaries mentioned in the passage given at 18.3 (The
sea, the sea!) had defeated the Persians at the battle of Cunaxa but had lost their
own leader, the Persian king treacherously lured the Greek generals into a trap
and killed them. One of them, the Spartan Clearchus, had fought in the
Peloponnesian War.

οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἀνήχθησαν ὡς βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες

τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν, εἷς αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων τῶν
ἐμπείρως αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ πολεμικὸς καὶ
φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἕως μὲν πόλεμος ἦν τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις
πρὸς τοὺς ʼΑθηναίους, παρέμενεν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, πείσας τὴν αὑτοῦ
πόλιν ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς ῞Ελληνας καὶ διαπραξάμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο
παρὰ τῶν ἐφόρων ἐξέπλει ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσου καὶ Περίνθου
Θρᾳξίν.

6# ὡς ἡδὺ κάλλος ὅταν ἔχῃ νοῦν σώφρονα.

7# ὑγιαίνειν μὲν ἄριστον ἀνδρὶ θνητῷ,

δεύτερον δὲ φυὴν καλὸν γενέσθαι,
τὸ δὲ τρίτον πλουτεῖν ἀδόλως,
καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ἡβᾶν μετὰ τῶν φίλων.

8 Lysias' escape from the Thirty

Under the reign of terror of the Thirty Tyrants both Lysias (7.2.13) and his
brother Polemarchus were arrested, and their shield factory confiscated.
Polemarchus was executed, but Lysias escaped, as he graphically describes
here.

καλέσας δὲ Δάμνιππον λέγω πρὸς αὐτὸν τάδε: ἐπιτήδειος μέν μοι τυγχάνεις
ὤν, ἥκω δʼ εἰς τὴν σὴν οἰκίαν, ἀδικῶ δʼ οὐδέν, χρημάτων δʼ ἕνεκα ἀπόλλυμαι.
σὺ οὖν ταῦτα πάσχοντί μοι πρόθυμον παράσχου τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν εἰς τὴν
ἐμὴν σωτηρίαν. ὁ δʼ ὑπέσχετο ταῦτα ποιήσειν. ἐδόκει δʼ αὐτῷ βέλτιον εἶναι
πρὸς Θέογνιν μνησθῆναι: ἡγεῖτο γὰρ ἅπαν ποιήσειν αὐτόν, εἴ τις ἀργύριον
διδοίη. ἐκείνου δὲ διαλεγομένου Θεόγνιδι (ἔμπειρος γὰρ ὢν ἐτύγχανον τῆς
οἰκίας, καὶ ᾔδειν ὅτι ἀμφίθυρος εἴη) ἐδόκει μοι ταύτῃ πειρᾶσθαι σωθῆναι,
ἐνθυμουμένῳ ὅτι, ἐὰν μὲν λάθω, σωθήσομαι, ἐὰν δὲ ληφθῶ, ἡγούμην μέν, εἰ
Θέογνις εἴη πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαμνίππου χρήματα λαβεῖν, οὐδὲν ἧττον
ἀφεθήσεσθαι, εἰ δὲ μή, ὁμοίως ἀποθανεῖσθαι. ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἔφευγον,
ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τῇ αὐλείῳ θύρᾳ τὴν φυλακὴν ποιουμένων: τριῶν δὲ θυρῶν οὐσῶν,
ἃς ἔδει με διελθεῖν, ἅπασαι ἀνεῳγμέναι ἔτυχον.

9# The blind and exiled Oedipus asks his daughter Antigone where they have
come in their wanderings.

ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥΣ ­ ΑΝΤΙΓΟΝΗ

ΟΙ. τέκνον τυφλοῦ γέροντος ʼΑντιγόνη, τίνας

χώρους ἀφίγμεθʼ ἢ τίνων ἀνδρῶν πόλιν;

τίς τὸν πλανήτην Οἰδίπουν καθʼ ἡμέραν

τὴν νῦν σπανιστοῖς δέξεται δωρήμασιν,

σμικρὸν μὲν ἐξαιτοῦντα, τοῦ σμικροῦ δʼ ἔτι

μεῖον φέροντα, καὶ τόδʼ ἐξαρκοῦν ἐμοί;

στέργειν γὰρ αἱ πάθαι με χὠ χρόνος ξυνὼν

μακρὸς διδάσκει καὶ τὸ γενναῖον τρίτον.

ἀλλʼ, ὦ τέκνον, θάκησιν εἴ τινα βλέπεις

ἢ πρὸς βεβήλοις ἢ πρὸς ἄλσεσιν θεῶν,

στῆσόν με κἀξίδρυσον, ὡς πυθώμεθα

ὅπου ποτʼ ἐσμέν: μανθάνειν γὰρ ἥκομεν

ξένοι πρὸς ἀστῶν, ἃν δʼ ἀκούσωμεν τελεῖν.

ΑΝ. πάτερ ταλαίπωρʼ Οἰδίπους, πύργοι μὲν οἳ

πόλιν στέφουσιν, ὡς ἀπʼ ὀμμάτων, πρόσω:

χῶρος δʼ ὅδʼ ἱρός, ὡς σάφʼ εἰκάσαι, βρύων

δάφνης, ἐλαίας, ἀμπέλου: πυκνόπτεροι δʼ

εἴσω κατʼ αὐτὸν εὐστομοῦσʼ ἀηδόνες·

οὗ κῶλα κάμψον τοῦδʼ ἐπʼ ἀξέστου πέτρου:

μακρὰν γὰρ ὡς γέροντι προυστάλης ὁδόν.

ΟΙ. κάθιζέ νύν με καὶ φύλασσε τὸν τυφλόν.

# ἐσθλός, ­ή, ­όν nobly­born

# δυσγενής, ­ές low­born

ἀρόω plough, till

# πλάξ, πλακός, ἡ plain

ἀβουλία, ­ας, ἡ lack of planning

συνδράω help in doing, collaborate

συνδράσουσα f. pple because a woman is the subject

ἀποτμηθέντες nom. pl. m. aor. pple. pass. of ἀποτέμνω+

ὁμολογουμένως (adv.) by common consent

ἐκ (prep. + gen.) on the part of

ἐμπείρως ἔχω be acquainted with (+ gen.)

δόξας nom. s. m. aor. pple. of δοκέω seem, have the reputation

πολεμικός, ­ή, ­όν skilled in war

φιλοπόλεμος, ­ον fond of war

ἐσχάτως (adv.) to the last degree, exceedingly

διαπράττομαι+ gain one's point

Πέρινθος, ­ου, ἡ Perinthus (town in Thrace)

ὑγιαίνω be in good health

φυή, ­ῆς, ἡ stature

ἀδόλως (adv.) without fraud

ἡβάω be young, be in the prime of youth

Δάμνιππος, ­ου, ὁ Damnippus

ἐπιτήδειος, ­α, ­ον friendly

Θέογνις, ­ιδος, ὁ Theognis

μιμνήσκομαι (aor. ἐμνήσθην) make mention

ἀμφίθυρος, ­ον possessing two entrances

ἐνθυμέομαι reflect, consider

ἀφεθήσεσθαι fut. inf. pass. of ἀφίημι+

αὔλειος, ­ον belonging to the courtyard

διέρχομαι+ go through
ʼΑντιγόνη, ­ης, ἡ Antigone

χῶρος, ­ου, ὁ region

πλανήτης, ­ου (masc. adj.) wandering

σπανιστός, ­ή, ­όν scanty

δέχομαι entertain

δώρημα, ­ατος, τό gift

ἐξαιτέω demand, ask for

μείων, ­ον (irregular compar. of ὀλίγος or μικρός) lesser, less

πάθη, ­ης, ἡ suffering

τὸ γενναῖον nobility

# θάκησις, ­εως, ἡ resting­place

βέβηλος, ­ον allowed to be trodden

τὰ βέβηλα profane ground

# ἐξιδρύω make sit down

πρός (prep. + gen.) from

ἃν = ἃ ἄν

ταλαίπωρος, ­ον wretched, miserable

στέφω encircle, crown

ὡς ἀπʼ ὀμμάτων to judge from sight

ἱρός = ἱερός

ὡς σάφʼ (=σάφα) εἰκάσαι to guess clearly

βρύω be full of (+ gen.)

δάφνη, ­ης, ἡ laurel

ἄμπελος, ­ου, ἡ grape­vine

# πυκνόπτερος, ­ον many and feathered

# εὐστομέω sing sweetly

οὗ (adv.) where

κῶλα κάμπτω sit (lit. bend [one's] limbs)

# ἄξεστος, ­ον unwrought, unhewn

προστέλλομαι (aor. προυστάλην) travel

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 22
Cover 1. There is no man who is fortunate in everything; for either he is nobly­born
Introduction but does not have a livelihood or he is low­born yet (lit. being low­born)
Main Index ploughs a rich plain.
Links
2. Mortal men are often harmed by lack of planning.
Unit Key 21
3. You give this warning as one who was not party to the deed.
Unit Key 23
4. If you are poor do not have the thoughts of the rich.
Unit 22
5. The generals, after being seized in this way, were taken to the King and put
to death by having their heads chopped off; one of them, Clearchus, by
common consent of all who were acquainted with him, having the reputation of
being a man who was both skilled in war and fond of war to the last degree.
Indeed, as long as the Lacedaimonians were at war with the Athenians, he
remained loyal, but, when peace had been made, he persuaded his own city (i.e.
Sparta) that the Thracians were injuring the Greeks, and, after gaining his point
as best he could from the ephors, he set sail with the intention of making war on
the Thracians beyond the Chersonese and Perinthus. (Xenophon Anabasis
2.6.1­2)

6. How sweet is beauty when it has a sensible mind.

7. To be healthy is the best [possession] for mortal man, next to be handsome in

stature, third to be wealthy without fraud, and fourth to be in the prime of youth
among his friends.

8. Summoning Damnippus I spoke to him as follows: 'You happen to be a

friend of mine, and I have come to your house and I am guilty of nothing (lit. I
do wrong in no way); but I am being destroyed for the sake of my money. So
do all in your power to save me in this extremity' (lit. to me suffering this
furnish your own power readily for my safety). He promised to do this, but it
seemed to him better to mention this to Theognis; for he thought that he
(Theognis) would do anything for money (lit. if anyone gave money). While he
was talking with Theognis ­ I happened to be familiar with the house, and knew
that it had two entrances ­ I determined to try to save myself in this way; for I
reflected that, if I avoided detection, I would save myself, but, if I were caught,
I considered that I would none the less get off, if Theognis had been persuaded
by Damnippus to take a bribe; otherwise (lit. but if not), I would perish just the
same. With this in mind, I took to flight, while they were keeping guard at the
courtyard door; there were three doors through which I had to pass; they all
happened to be open. (Lysias Against Eratosthenes 14)

9. Oedipus: Antigone, daughter of a blind old man (i.e. me), to what region
have we come or to what city of men (lit. to the city of what men)? Who will
entertain the wandering Oedipus today with scanty gifts, Oedipus who asks for
little and wins still less than that little, and this is sufficient for me. Suffering(s)
and the length of time that attends me and thirdly my nobility teach me to be
content. Well, my child, if you see any resting­place, either on profane ground
or near groves of the gods, place me and make me sit down, in order that we
may enquire where we are; for we have come as strangers to learn from
citizens, and to perform what we hear.

Antigone: Father, wretched Oedipus, the towers which crown the city, to judge
from sight, are far off; and this place is sacred, to guess clearly, full of laurel,
olive [and] grapevine; and within it many feathered nightingales sing sweetly.
Sit here (lit. where, in which place) on this unhewn stone; you have travelled a
long road for an old man.
Oedipus: Seat me then and watch over the blind. (Sophocles Oedipus at
Colonus 1­21)
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 23
Cover
Introduction Unit 23
Main Index
Links 1# πολλαῖσι μορφαῖς οἱ θεοὶ σοφισμάτων

σφάλλουσιν ἡμᾶς κρείσσονες πεφυκότες.

Unit 22
2# πολλοί γε θνητῶν τῷ θράσει τὰς συμφορὰς
Unit 24
ζητοῦσʼ ἀμαυροῦν κἀποκρύπτεσθαι κακά.
Unit Key 23
3# ἀνδρὸς τὰ προσπίπτοντα γενναίως φέρειν.

4# ἴσον ἐστὶν ὀργῇ καὶ θάλασσα καὶ γυνή.

5# ζῆν βουλόμενος μὴ πρᾶττε θανάτου γʼ ἄξια.

6# λιμὴν ἀτυχίας ἐστὶν ἀνθρώποις τέχνη.

7# τὸ ζῆν ἀλύπως ἀνδρός ἐστιν εὐτυχοῦς.

8 Xenophon describes how the Athenian commander, Conon, after being

defeated by the Spartan admiral Callicratidas, is blockaded in the harbour of
Mitylene on the island of Lesbos. The cunning Conon, however, tricks the
blockaders and succeeds in getting word to Athens. The sequel was the great
Athenian victory at Arginousae in 406 BC.

ὁ δὲ Κόνων ἐπεὶ ἐπολιορκεῖτο καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, καὶ σίτου
οὐδαμόθεν ἦν εὐπορῆσαι, οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἦσαν καὶ
οἱ ʼΑθηναῖοι οὐκ ἐβοήθουν διὰ τὸ μὴ πυνθάνεσθαι ταῦτα, καθελκύσας τῶν
νεῶν τὰς ἄριστα πλεούσας δύο ἐπλήρωσε πρὸ ἡμέρας, ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν νεῶν
τοὺς ἀρίστους ἐρέτας ἐκλέξας καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβάτας εἰς κοίλην ναῦν
μεταβιβάσας. τὴν μὲν οὖν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἀνεῖχον, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἑσπέραν, ἐπεὶ
σκότος εἴη, ἐξεβίβαζεν, ὥστε μὴ καταδήλους εἶναι τοῖς πολεμίοις ταῦτα
ποιοῦντας. τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ εἰσθέμενοι σῖτα μέτρια, ἐπειδὴ ἤδη μέσον
ἡμέρας ἦν καὶ οἱ ἐφορμοῦντες ὀλιγώρως εἶχον καὶ ἔνιοι ἀνεπαύοντο,
ἐξέπλευσαν ἔξω τοῦ λιμένος, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ ̔
Ελλησπόντου ὥρμησεν, ἡ δὲ εἰς τὸ
πέλαγος. τῶν δʼ ἐφορμούντων ὡς ἕκαστοι ἤνοιγον, τάς τε ἀγκύρας
ἀποκόπτοντες καὶ ἐγειρόμενοι ἐβοήθουν τεταραγμένοι, τυχόντες ἐν τῇ γῇ
ἀριστοποιούμενοι: εἰσβάντες δὲ ἐδίωκον τὴν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος ἀφορμήσασαν,
καὶ ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δύνοντι κατέλαβον, καὶ κρατήσαντες μάχῃ, ἀναδησάμενοι
ἀπῆγον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσιν. ἡ δʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ ̔
Ελλησπόντου
φυγοῦσα ναῦς διέφυγε, καὶ ἀφικομένη εἰς τὰς ʼΑθήνας ἐξαγγέλλει τὴν
πολιορκίαν.

9# Peace ­ the greatest good

A fragment of Philemon, a celebrated poet of New Comedy, who lived for

almost a century from c. 360­260 BC. He is reputed to have died from
excessive laughter, though here he is somewhat more philosophical.

οἱ φιλόσοφοι ζητοῦσιν, ὡς ἀκήκοα,

περὶ τοῦτό τʼ αὐτοῖς πολὺς ἀναλοῦται χρόνος,

τί ἐστιν ἀγαθόν: κοὐδὲ εἷς εὕρηκέ πω

τί ἐστιν. ἀρετὴν καὶ φρόνησίν φασι, καὶ

λέγουσι πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ τί τἀγαθόν.

ἐν ἀγρῷ διατρίβων τήν τε γῆν σκάπτων ἐγὼ

νῦν εὗρον: εἰρήνη ʼστίν. ὦ Ζεῦ φίλτατε,

τῆς ἐπαφροδίτου καὶ φιλανθρώπου θεοῦ.

γάμους, ἑορτάς, συγγενεῖς, παῖδας, φίλους,

πλοῦτον, ὑγίειαν, σῖτον, οἶνον, ἡδονὴν

αὕτη δίδωσι. ταῦτα πάντʼ ἂν ἐκλίπῃ,

τέθνηκε κοινῇ πᾶς ὁ τῶν ζώντων βίος.

σόφισμα, ­ατος, τό trick

ἀμαυρόω make faint/obscure

ἀτυχία, ­ας, ἡ misfortune

ἀλύπως (adv.) free from pain and sorrow

οὐδαμόθεν (adv.) from nowhere, not from anywhere

ἦν = ἐξῆν

εὐπορέω get supplies of (+ gen.)

καθέλκω+ drag down (the beach), launch

πληρόω man

ἐρέτης, ­ου, ὁ rower

ἐπιβάτης, ­ου, ὁ marine

κοίλη ναῦς hold (of a ship)

μεταβιβάζω transfer

ἀνέχω+ continue, keep it up

εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν towards evening

ἐκβιβάζω disembark (tr.)

κατάδηλος, ­ον plain, visible

εἰστίθεμαι+ put on board

μέσον ἡμέρας midday

ἐφορμέω blockade (with ships)

ὀλιγώρως ἔχω be careless/off one's guard

ἀναπαύομαι take a rest, have a siesta

ὁρμάω start out, make for

ἀνοίγω get clear of land

ὡς ἕκαστοι ἤνοιγον as each crew tried to get clear of land (conative imperf.
4.1/1 footnote)

ἀποκόπτω cut away

βοηθέω rush to help, i.e to remedy the situation; trans. rush to intercept

τεταραγμένοι in confusion (nom. pl. m. perf. pple. pass. of ταράττω)

ἀριστοποιέομαι have lunch

ἀφορμάω set out, make for

ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δύνοντι at sunset

ἀναδέομαι take in tow

διαφεύγω+ escape, get away

πολιορκία, ­ας, ἡ blockade

ἀναλόω spend

φρόνησις, ­εως, ἡ prudence

σκάπτω dig

τῆς ... θεοῦ gen. of exclamation (23.1/1l)

ἐπαφρόδιτος, ­ον lovely, charming

ἄν = ἐάν

ἐκλείπω+ fail

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 23
Cover 1. With many forms of tricks the gods, since they are superior (sc. to us), trip us
Introduction up.
Main Index
Links 2. Many among mortals seek through boldness to obscure their mishaps and
conceal their troubles.
Unit Key 22
3. It is the mark of a man to bear nobly what befalls [him].
Unit Key 24
4. Equal (lit. an equal thing) in anger are the sea and a woman.
Unit 23
5. If you wish to stay alive do not do things worthy of death.

6. Art/skill is a haven from misfortune for men.

7. To live free from pain and sorrow is the characteristic of a fortunate man.

8. Since Conon was blockaded by land and sea, and it was not possible to get
supplies from anywhere, and there were many people in the city, and the
Athenians were not coming to the rescue through ignorance of the situation (lit.
on account of not ascertaining these things), Conon launched the two best
sailing of his ships, and manned them before daybreak, selecting the best
rowers from the whole fleet and transferring the marines to the hold.
Throughout the day they continued thus; but towards evening, when it was
dark, he would disembark them, so as not to be visible to the enemy in taking
this action. On the fifth day they took on board a moderate supply of
provisions, and when it was now midday and the blockaders were off their
guard and some were [actually] taking a siesta, [the two vessels] sailed out of
the harbour, one making for the Hellespont, the other for the open sea. As each
of the blockading crews tried to get clear of land, cutting away the anchors and
rousing themselves [from sleep], they rushed to intercept in confusion, since
they happened to be having lunch on the shore. Getting on board they began to
pursue the ship which had made for the open sea, and at sunset they overtook it,
defeated it in an engagement, took it in tow, and brought it back to their base,
crew and all. But the ship that had fled towards the Hellespont got away, and
when it had arrived in Athens, reported the blockade. (Xenophon Hellenica
1.6.19­22)

9. Philosophers investigate [this], so I have heard, and much time is spent by

them about this, [viz] what is the [greatest] good? And not one of them has
discovered yet what it is. They declare it (lit. say) virtue and prudence, and say
anything (lit. everything) rather than what the good [really] is. While spending
my time in the country and digging the soil I have now found [the answer]: it is
Peace. O dearest Zeus, what a charming, benevolent goddess! She gives us
weddings, festivals, kinsmen, children, friends, wealth, health, food, drink [and]
pleasure. If all these [blessings] fail, all the life of the living perishes in
common with them. (Philemon fragment 71)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _
(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001
. Additional Reading Unit 24
Cover
Introduction Unit 24
Main Index
Links 1 τὰ ἐλάχιστα ληπτέον τῶν κακῶν.

2# ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἥμαρτον: οὐ θαυμαστέον.

Unit 23
3# ὁρᾶτε δʼ ὡς κἀν θεοῖσι κερδαίνειν καλόν,
Unit 25
θαυμάζεται δʼ ὁ πλεῖστον ἐν ναοῖς ἔχων
Unit Key 24
χρυσόν. τί δῆτα καὶ σὲ κωλύει λαβεῖν

κέρδος, παρόν γε κἀξομοιοῦσθαι θεοῖς;

4# ἡ γὰρ τυραννὶς πάντοθεν τοξεύεται

δεινοῖς ἔρωσιν, ἧς φυλακτέον πέρι.

5# ἀνὴρ δίκαιός ἐστιν οὐχ ὁ μὴ ἀδικῶν,

ἀλλʼ ὅστις ἀδικεῖν δυνάμενος μὴ βούλεται.

6# γάμει δὲ μὴ τὴν προῖκα, τὴν γυναῖκα δέ.

7# ἴσος ἴσθι κρίνων καὶ φίλους καὶ μὴ φίλους.

8# ὀργῆς χάριν τὰ κρυπτὰ μὴ ἐκφήνῃς φίλου.

9# ὁ μηδὲν εἰδὼς οὐδὲν ἐξαμαρτάνει.

10# σιγᾶν ἄμεινον ἢ λαλεῖν ἃ μὴ πρέπει.

11# ὑπὲρ γυναικὸς καὶ φίλου πονητέον.

12 The setting of Plato's Symposium is a party to celebrate the first victory of

the tragic poet Agathon, and among the guests are Socrates, Alcibiades and
Aristophanes. Here Alcibiades illustrates the bravery of Socrates at the
Athenian defeat at Delium in south­east Boeotia (424 BC).

ἔτι τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἄξιον ἦν θεάσασθαι Σωκράτη, ὅτε ἀπὸ Δηλίου φυγῇ
ἀνεχώρει τὸ στρατόπεδον: ἔτυχον γὰρ παραγενόμενος ἵππον ἔχων, οὗτος δὲ
ὅπλα. ἀνεχώρει οὖν ἐσκεδασμένων ἤδη τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὗτός τε ἅμα καὶ
Λάχης: καὶ ἐγὼ περιτυγχάνω, καὶ ἰδὼν εὐθὺς παρακελεύομαι τε αὐτοῖν
θαρρεῖν, καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐκ ἀπολείψω αὐτώ. ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ κάλλιον
ἐθεασάμην Σωκράτη ἢ ἐν Ποτειδαίᾳ ­ αὐτὸς γὰρ ἧττον ἐν φόβῳ ἦ διὰ τὸ ἐφʼ
ἵππου εἶναι ­ πρῶτον μὲν ὅσον περιῆν Λάχητος τῷ ἔμφρων εἶναι: ἔπειτα
ἔμοιγε ἐδόκει, ὦ ʼΑριστόφανες, τὸ σὸν δὴ τοῦτο, καὶ ἐκεῖ διαπορεύεσθαι
ὥσπερ καὶ ἐνθάδε, "βρενθυόμενος καὶ τὠφθαλμὼ παραβάλλων" ἠρέμα
παρασκοπῶν καὶ τοὺς φιλίους καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, δῆλος ὢν παντὶ καὶ πάνυ
πόρρωθεν, ὅτι εἴ τις ἅψεται τούτου τοῦ ἀνδρός, μάλα ἐρρωμένως ἀμυνεῖται.
διὸ καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἀπῄει καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὁ ἑταῖρος· σχεδὸν γάρ τι τῶν οὕτω
διακειμένων ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ οὐδὲ ἅπτονται, ἀλλὰ τοὺς προτροπάδην φεύγοντας
διώκουσι.

13# In this farewell scene between Medea and her children, in which she
regrets the fact that she will not see them grown to manhood and happily
married, there is much double entendre, as they are not merely to be separated
from her but to be killed by her.

ὦ τέκνα τέκνα, σφῷν μὲν ἔστι δὴ πόλις

καὶ δῶμʼ, ἐν ᾧ λιπόντες ἀθλίαν ἐμὲ

οἰκήσετʼ αἰεὶ μητρὸς ἐστερημένοι:

ἐγὼ δʼ ἐς ἄλλην γαῖαν εἶμι δὴ φυγάς,

πρὶν σφῷν ὀνάσθαι κἀπιδεῖν εὐδαίμονας,

πρὶν λουτρὰ καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ γαμηλίους

εὐνὰς ἀγῆλαι λαμπάδας τʼ ἀνασχεθεῖν.

ὦ δυστάλαινα τῆς ἐμῆς αὐθαδίας.

ἄλλως ἄρʼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ τέκνʼ, ἐξεθρεψάμην,

ἄλλως δʼ ἐμόχθουν καὶ κατεξάνθην πόνοις,

στερρὰς ἐνεγκοῦσʼ ἐν τόκοις ἀλγηδόνας.

ἦ μήν ποτʼ ἡ δύστηνος εἶχον ἐλπίδας

πολλὰς ἐν ὑμῖν, γηροβοσκήσειν τʼ ἐμὲ

καὶ κατθανοῦσαν χερσὶν εὖ περιστελεῖν,

ζηλωτὸν ἀνθρώποισι: νῦν δʼ ὄλωλε δὴ

γλυκεῖα φροντίς. σφῷν γὰρ ἐστερημένη

λυπρὸν διάξω βίοτον ἀλγεινόν τʼ ἐμοί:

ὑμεῖς δὲ μητέρʼ οὐκέτʼ ὄμμασιν φίλοις

ὄψεσθʼ, ἐς ἄλλο σχῆμʼ ἀποστάντες βίου.

φεῦ φεῦ: τί προσδέρκεσθέ μʼ ὄμμασιν, τέκνα;

τί προσγελᾶτε τὸν πανύστατον γέλων;

ληπτέον (< λαμβάνω) one must accept

θαυμαστέον (< θαυμάζω) one must be surprised

κερδαίνω gain, derive profit or advantage

ἐξομοιόομαι (κἀξ­ = καὶ ἐξ­) become or be like (+ dat.)

τοξεύομαι be aimed at

φυλακτέον (< φυλάττω) one must guard against

προίξ, προικός, ἡ dowry

χάριν (acc. as prep. + gen.) on account of

κρυπτός, ­ή, ­όν hidden, secret

ἐκφαίνω+ reveal

πονητέον (< πονέω) one must labour

Δήλιον, ­ου, τό Delium

σκεδάννυμι (perf. pass. ἐσκέδασμαι) scatter

Λάχης, ­ητος, ὁ Laches

περιτυγχάνω+ arrive, come up

ἀπολείπω+ leave, abandon, desert

ἐφʼ ἵππου on horseback

περίειμι be superior to (+ gen.)

ἔμφρων, ­ον self­possessed

τὸ σὸν δὴ τοῦτο (sc. to quote) that line you wrote

βρενθύομαι swagger

τὠφθαλμὼ (= τὼ ὀφθ­)

παραβάλλω+ look from side to side

ἠρέμα (adv.) quietly

παρασκοπέω glance sideways at (+ acc.)

πόρρωθεν (adv.) from a distance

ἐρρωμένως (adv.) vigorously

διό (conj.) therefore

σχεδὸν ... τι as a general rule

προτροπάδην (adv.) headlong

στερέω (perf. pass. ἐστέρημαι) deprive

ὀνίναμαι (aor. ὠνάμην) enjoy, derive benefit from (+ gen.)

ἐπιδεῖν (κἀπ­ = καὶ ἐπ­) aor. inf. of ἐφοράω, look upon

λουτρόν, ­οῦ, τό bath

γαμήλιος, ­ον of or for a wedding

ἀγάλλω (aor. ἤγηλα) deck out

λαμπάς, ­άδος, ἡ torch

# ἀνασχεθεῖν poetic aor. inf. act. of ἀνέχω, hold up, raise

# δυστάλας, ­αινα, ­αν most miserable

αὐθαδία, ­ας, ἡ stubbornness, wilfulness

ἐκτρέφομαι+ rear up for oneself

καταξαίνομαι be tortured

στερρός, ­ά, ­όν hard, cruel

ἐνεγκοῦσʼ(α) nom. s. f. aor. pple. act. of φέρω

τόκος, ­ου, ὁ childbirth

ἀλγηδών, ­όνος, ἡ pain

# γηροβοσκέω look after in old age

# κατθανοῦσαν = καταθανοῦσαν

περιστέλλω clothe, wrap

ζηλωτός, ­ή, ­όν enviable, desired

ἐστερημένη see στερέω above

λυπρός, ­ά, ­όν painful, grievous

ἀλγεινός, ­ή, ­όν painful, grievous

#προσδέρκομαι look at (+ acc.)

προσγελάω+ laugh at, smile at (+ cognate acc. γέλων)

#πανύστατος, ­η, ­ον last of all

γέλως, ­ωτος, ὁ (acc. γέλων) laughter, smile

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 24
Cover 1. One must accept the smallest of evils.
Introduction
Main Index 2. As a human being I erred; there is no cause for surprise.
Links
3. You see that, even among the gods, it is fine to gain profit, and the [god] who
Unit Key 23 has most gold in his temples is admired. What then prevents you from making
[lit. getting] a gain, if it is permitted to be like the gods?
Unit Key 25
4. For absolute power is aimed at from all quarters with terrible desire; we must
Unit 24 be on our guard concerning it.

5. A just man is not the one who does no wrong, but the one who does not wish
to do wrong, even when he has the power (lit. being able).

6. Marry the woman, not the dowry.

7. Be the same when you are judging both friends and enemies (lit. not friends).

8. Do not reveal the secrets of a friend for the sake of anger.

9. The man who knows nothing errs in no respect.

10. It is better to be silent than to speak what is not fitting.

11. One must labour on behalf of one's wife and one's friend.

12. Furthermore, gentlemen, it was worth watching Socrates when our army
was retreating in flight from Delium. I happened to be there in the cavalry (lit..
having a horse), he in the infantry (lit. [having] arms). Now, as the men were
already scattered, he was retreating in the company of Laches (lit. and at the
same time Laches). I came upon them, and, as soon as I saw them, I urged them
to keep their courage up. I said that I would not abandon them. On that
occasion I got a better view of Socrates than at Potidaea ­ for I myself was less
afraid because I was on horseback ­ first of all [of] how much he outclassed
Laches in his self­possession, and then he seemed to me, Aristophanes, [to
quote] that line you wrote, to be walking along there just as [he does] here,
'swaggering and looking from side to side,' quietly glancing sideways at both
friend and foe, and making it clear to everyone, even at a considerable distance,
that, if anyone laid a hand on this person, he would defend himself very
vigorously. Therefore, both he and his companion got safely away; for, as a
general rule, [the enemy] do not lay a hand on those who adopt this attitude in
war, but pursue those who flee in headlong flight. (Adapted from Plato
Symposium 221 A­C)

13. O my children, my children, you have a city and a home, in which, after
leaving me in my misery, you will dwell, always deprived of your mother; and I
shall go in exile to another land, before finding joy in you and looking upon
your happiness (lit. [you being] happy), before decking out for you the bath and
wife and marriage­bed and holding up torches. O deeply miserable am I
because of my wilfulness. In vain, then, my children, I nurtured you, in vain I
laboured and was tortured with pangs, bearing cruel pains at your birth. Many
indeed were the hopes I once had in you, wretch that I am, that you would tend
me in old age and that, when I died, you would decently enshroud me with your
hands, a [duty that is] envied among men. But, as it is, that sweet thought is
gone. For, bereft of you both, I shall lead a life painful and grievous for me; and
you will no longer see your mother with your dear eyes, when you have been
removed to another form of life. Alas, alas! Why do you look at me with your
eyes, my children? Why do you laugh this last laugh? (Euripides Medea 1021­
1041).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Extra Reading: Units 21 ­ 24
Cover
Introduction Extra reading for units 21­24
Main Index
Links 1#The tomb of Sardanapalus

εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι θνητὸς ἔφυς, τὸν θυμὸν ἄεξε,

Extra Reading
16­20 τερπόμενος θαλίῃσι· θανόντι σοι οὔτις ὄνησις.

καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ σποδός εἰμι, Νίνου μεγάλης βασιλεύσας.

Extra Reading τόσσʼ ἔχω ὅσσʼ ἔφαγον καὶ ἔπινον, καὶ μετʼ ʼερώτων
Key 21 ­ 24
τέρπνʼ ἐδάην: τὰ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ὄλβια πάντα λέλειπται.

2 τοιοῦτο τὸ ζῆν ἐστιν ὥσπερ οἱ κύβοι.

3 Spartan education The Spartans were always regarded as different by the

other Greeks, and they themselves were of the same opinion. Because they had
reduced a neighbouring Greek state (Messene) to slavery, they were obliged to
live in a constant state of military alert. In the passage below Xenophon
describes the consequences this had on the system of education. Its organization
was attributed to its supposed founder, Lycurgus.

ἐγὼ μέντοι βούλομαι καὶ τὴν παιδείαν τῶν τʼ ἄλλων ̔ Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν
Λακεδαιμονίων σαφηνίσαι. τῶν μὲν τοίνυν ἄλλων οἱ φάσκοντες κάλλιστα τοὺς
υἱεῖς παιδεύειν, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα αὐτοῖς οἱ παῖδες τὰ λεγόμενα ξυνιῶσιν, εὐθὺς
μὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς παιδαγωγοὺς θεράποντας ἐφιστᾶσιν, εὐθὺς δὲ πέμπουσιν εἰς
διδασκάλων μαθησομένους καὶ γράμματα καὶ μουσικὴν καὶ τὰ ἐν παλαίστρᾳ.
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῶν παίδων πόδας ἐν ὑποδήμασιν ἁπαλύνουσι, σώματα δὲ
ἱματίων μεταβολαῖς διαθρύπτουσιν· σίτου γε μὴν αὐτοῖς γαστέρα μέτρον
νομίζουσιν. ὁ δὲ Λυκοῦργος, ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον παιδαγωγοὺς δούλους
ἐφιστάναι, ἄνδρα ἐπέστησε κρατεῖν αὐτῶν ἐξ ὧνπερ αἱ μέγισται ἀρχαὶ
καθίστανται, ὃς δὴ καὶ παιδονόμος καλεῖται, τοῦτον δὲ κύριον ἐποίησε καὶ
ἁθροίζειν τοὺς παῖδας καὶ ἐπισκοποῦντα, εἴ τις ῥᾳδιουργοίη, ἰσχυρῶς κολάζειν.
ἔδωκε δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἡβώντων μαστιγοφόρους, ὅπως τιμωροῖεν ὁπότε δέοι,
ὥστε πολλὴν μὲν αἰδῶ, πολλὴν δὲ πειθὼ συμπαρεῖναι. ἀντί γε μὴν τοῦ
ἁπαλύνειν τοὺς πόδας ὑποδήμασιν ἔταξεν ἀνυποδησίᾳ κρατύνειν, νομίζων, εἰ
τοῦτʼ ἀσκήσειαν, πολὺ μὲν ῥᾷον ἂν ὀρθιάδε ἐκβαίνειν, ἀσφαλέστερον δὲ πρανῆ
καταβαίνειν, καὶ πηδῆσαι δὲ καὶ ἀναθορεῖν καὶ θᾶττον δραμεῖν. καὶ ἀντί γε τοῦ
ἱματίοις διαθρύπτεσθαι ἐνόμιζεν ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ διʼ ἔτους προσεθίζεσθαι, νομίζων
οὕτως καὶ πρὸς ψύχη καὶ πρὸς θάλπη ἄμεινον ἂν παρεσκευάσθαι. σῖτόν γε μὴν
τοσοῦτον ἔχειν συνεβούλευεν ὥστε ὑπὸ πλησμονῆς μὲν μήποτε βαρύνεσθαι,
τοῦ δὲ ἐνδεεστέρως διάγειν μὴ ἀπείρως ἔχειν, νομίζων τοὺς οὕτω
παιδευομένους μᾶλλον μὲν ἂν δύνασθαι, εἰ δεήσειεν, ἀσιτήσαντας ἐπιπονῆσαι,
μᾶλλον δʼ ἄν, εἰ παραγγελθείη, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σίτου πλείω χρόνον ἐπιταθῆναι,
ἧττον δʼ ἂν ὄψου δεῖσθαι, εὐχερέστερον δὲ πρὸς πᾶν ἔχειν βρῶμα, καὶ
ὑγιεινοτέρως δʼ ἂν διάγειν. ὡς δὲ μὴ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἄγαν αὖ πιέζοιντο,
ἀπραγμόνως μὲν αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἔδωκε λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν προσδέωνται, κλέπτειν δʼ
ἐφῆκεν ἔστιν ἃ τῷ λιμῷ ἐπικουροῦντας. καὶ ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀπορῶν ὅτι δοίη
ἐφῆκεν αὐτοῖς γε μηχανᾶσθαι τὴν τροφήν, οὐδένα οἶμαι τοῦτο ἀγνοεῖν· δῆλον
δʼ ὅτι τὸν μέλλοντα κλωπεύειν καὶ νυκτὸς ἀγρυπνεῖν δεῖ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν
ἀπατᾶν καὶ ἐνεδρεύειν, καὶ κατασκόπους δὲ ἑτοιμάζειν τὸν μέλλοντά τι
λήψεσθαι. εἴποι δʼ ἄν τις, τί δῆτα, εἴπερ τὸ κλέπτειν ἀγαθὸν ἐνόμιζε, πολλὰς
πληγὰς ἐπέβαλλε τῷ ἁλισκομένῳ; ὅτι, φημὶ ἐγώ, καὶ τἆλλα, ἃ ἄνθρωποι
διδάσκουσι, κολάζουσι τὸν μὴ καλῶς ὑπηρετοῦντα. κἀκεῖνοι οὖν τοὺς
ἁλισκομένους ὡς κακῶς κλέπτοντας τιμωροῦνται.

# ἀέξω lift up, exalt

θαλίαι, ­ῶν, αἱ festivities (θαλίῃσι = θαλίαις)

οὔτις, ­τι no

ὄνησις, ­εως, ἡ enjoyment

Νίνος, ­ου, ἡ Nineveh

τόσσʼ(α) ... ὅσσʼ(α) = τόσα ... ὅσα

τερπνός, ­ή, ­όν delightful, pleasant

τὰ τερπνά delights, pleasures

ἐδάην (aor. of the defective verb δάω ) I learned

ξυνιῶσιν 3 pl. pres. subj. act. of συνίημι

εἰς διδασκάλων (sc. οἶκον) to [the house] of teachers, i.e. to school

διαθρύπτω pamper

γε μήν here marks a climax and as for food (the two later examples emphasise a
further point)

παιδονόμος, ­ου, ὁ Director of Education

κύριος, ­α, ­ον authorised (+ inf.)

ῥᾳδιουργέω do wrong, commit misconduct

μαστιγοφόρος, ­ου, ὁ whip­bearer

ὅπως = ἵνα

ἀνυποδησία, ­ας, ἡ going barefoot

ὀρθιάδε (adv.) uphill

πρανῆ (adv. acc.) downhill

ἀναθρῴσκω (aor. ­έθορον) leap up

δραμεῖν aor. inf. of τρέχω

διαθρύπτομαι be pampered

νομίζω here (but not elsewhere in this extract) in the special sense make a
νόμος, enact, legislate

θάλπος, ­ους, τό heat, period of hot weather

παρασκευάζομαι (perf. inf. παρεσκευάσθαι ) prepare oneself

ἐνδεεστέρως (compar. adv.) in a more/rather inadequate way

ἀσιτέω be without food

ἐπιτείνομαι (aor. ­ετάθην) hold out, endure

εὐχερῶς (compar. ­έστερον) ἔχω be indifferent to or tolerant of (πρός + acc.)

βρῶμα, ­ατος, τό food

ὑγιεινοτέρως (compar. adv.) more healthily

ὡς = ἵνα

οὐκ ἔδωκε he did not give them an opportunity to (+ inf.)

ἐφίημι (aor. ­ῆκα) allow

ἔστιν ἅ lit. there are [things] which, i.e. some things (here the obj. of κλέπτειν)

ὡς here = ὅτι (the clause is in apposition to τοῦτο in the next line)

ὅτι δοίη indirect deliberative question, what he was to give them (dependent on
οὐκ ἀπορῶν)

κλωπεύω steal

μεθʼ ἡμέραν by day

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Extra Reading: Units 21 ­ 24
Cover 1. Knowing well that you are mortal, exalt your heart, delighting in festivities;
Introduction you have no enjoyment when you are dead. For I, [though I was] king of
Main Index mighty Nineveh, am [mere] dust. I have [only] all that I ate and drank, and [all]
Links the delights [which] I learned with the Loves (poets sometimes considered that
there was a multiplicity of love gods); but all the many rich possessions (lit. all
Extra Reading the many and rich [things]) have been left behind. (Preserved in Diodorus
Key 16­20 Siculus 2.23.3; cf. Athenaeus 336a)

2. Life is just like dice.

Extra Reading 3. However, I want to explain also the education system both of the other
Unit 21­24 Greeks and in particular of the Spartans. Among (lit. of) the other [Greeks] then
those who claim to educate their sons best immediately appoint servants [as]
tutors over them, as soon as their children understand what is said [sc. to them],
and immediately send them to schools to learn letters, music and the skills of
(lit. things in) the palaestra. In addition to this they make their children's feet
delicate with (lit. in) sandals, and pamper their bodies with changes of clothes;
and as for food for them, they consider their stomach [to be the] measure (i.e.
they let them eat as much as they want.). But Lycurgus, instead of [allowing]
each man (or father) privately to appoint slaves [as] tutors, appointed from
among those from whom the greatest offices are filled a man to be their master,
who indeed is actually called Director of Education, and gave this man the
authority (lit. made him authorised) both to gather the boys together and to
observe them and severely punish anyone who committed misconduct. He also
gave him whip­bearers from among the youths, in order that they might inflict
punishment whenever it was necessary, with the result that much respect and
much obedience exist together (sc. in the children). Instead of making their feet
delicate with sandals he instructed [them] to strengthen [their feet] by going
barefooted, thinking that, if they adopted this practice (lit. practised this thing),
they would much more easily go forth uphill, and more safely go downhill, and
would also leap and jump up and run more quickly. And instead of being
pampered with [changes of] clothing he enacted that [they should] accustom
themselves to one garment throughout the year, considering that thus they
would be better prepared to face (lit. towards) periods of both cold and heat. As
to food, he advised [them] to have [only] so much that they would never be
weighed down by repletion and would not be without the experience of living
without a proper sufficiency (lit. in a rather insufficient way), believing that
those who were brought up in this way would be better able, if necessary, to
labour on without food, would be better [able], if the order were given, to hold
out for a longer time from the same [amount of] food, would be in less need of
delicacies, would be more indifferent to (or tolerant of) any [type of] food, and
would also live more healthily. But on the other hand in order that they might
not be too oppressed by hunger, whereas he did not give them [the opportunity]
to take whatever they still wanted without trouble, he did allow [them] to steal
some things to remedy (lit. remedying) their hunger. I do not think that anyone
is unaware that [it was] not [because] he was (lit. being) at a loss as to what he
was to give them [that] he allowed them to procure their own food; [it is] clear
that the man who intends to steal must both stay awake at night and deceive and
lie in ambush by day, and that the man who intends to catch something [must]
also get spies ready. But someone may say, 'Why then, if he thought stealing
[was] a fine thing, did he impose [a punishment of] many lashes on the [boy]
who was caught?' Because, I say, as regards all other things which men teach,
they punish the person who does not do them properly. And so they (sc. the
Spartans) too punish those who are caught for (lit. as) stealing badly.

(Xenophon Constitution of the Spartans 2.1­8 (with omissions))

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Additional Reading Unit 25
Cover
Introduction Unit 25
Main Index
Links Passages 1 and 2 are from the Iliad, 3 and 4 from the Odyssey, and 5 is from
the Homeric Hymns.
Unit 24
No vocabularies are given and the reader is advised to consult one of the
following:

Liddell and Scott Abridged Greek Lexicon

Unit Key 25
Autenrieth, G. Homeric Dictionary, trans. by R.P.Keep

Cunliffe, R.J. A Lexicon of the Homeric Dialect

The Attic form of underlined words and endings is given in brackets at the end
of the line.

1 Sarpedon urges his comrade Glaucus to join him in leading the Lycians
to the attack

Γλαῦκε, τίη δὴ νῶϊ τετιμήμεσθα μάλιστα

ἕδρῃ τε κρέασίν τε ἰδὲ πλείοις δεπάεσσιν

ἐν Λυκίῃ, πάντες δὲ θεοὺς ὣς εἰσορόωσι, (­ορῶσι)

καὶ τέμενος νεμόμεσθα μέγα Ξάνθοιο παρʼ ὄχθας,

καλὸν φυταλιῆς καὶ ἀρούρης πυροφόροιο;

τῶ νῦν χρὴ Λυκίοισι μέτα πρώτοισιν ἐόντας (ὄντας)

ἑστάμεν ἠδὲ μάχης καυστείρης ἀντιβολῆσαι, (ἑστάναι)

ὄφρα τις ὧδʼ εἴπῃ Λυκίων πύκα θωρηκτάων: (­ῶν)

῞οὐ μὰν ἀκλεέες Λυκίην κάτα κοιρανέουσιν (­έεις, ­οῦσιν)

ἡμέτεροι βασιλῆες, ἔδουσί τε πίονα μῆλα (­ῆς)

οἶνόν τʼ ἔξαιτον μελιηδέα: ἀλλʼ ἄρα καὶ ἲς (­ῆ)

ἐσθλή, ἐπεὶ Λυκίοισι μέτα πρώτοισι μάχονται."

ὦ πέπον, εἰ μὲν γὰρ πόλεμον περὶ τόνδε φυγόντε

αἰεὶ δὴ μέλλοιμεν ἀγήρω τʼ ἀθανάτω τε

ἔσσεσθʼ, οὔτε κεν αὐτὸς ἐνὶ πρώτοισι μαχοίμην (ἔσεσθαι)

οὔτε κε σὲ στέλλοιμι μάχην ἐς κυδιάνειραν:

νῦν δʼ ἔμπης γὰρ κῆρες ἐφεστᾶσιν θανάτοιο

μυρίαι, ἃς οὐκ ἔστι φυγεῖν βροτὸν οὐδʼ ὑπαλύξαι,

ἴομεν, ἠέ τῳ εὖχος ὀρέξομεν, ἠέ τις ἡμῖν. (ἴωμεν, ­ωμεν)

2 Priam appeals to Achilles to yield him Hector's body

μνῆσαι πατρὸς σοῖο, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελʼ ʼΑχιλλεῦ,

τηλίκου ὥς περ ἐγών, ὀλοῷ ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ: (­ως)

καὶ μέν που κεῖνον περιναιέται ἀμφὶς ἐόντες (ὄντες)

τείρουσʼ, οὐδέ τίς ἐστιν ἀρὴν καὶ λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι.

ἀλλʼ ἤτοι κεῖνός γε σέθεν ζώοντος ἀκούων (ζῶντος)

χαίρει τʼ ἐν θυμῷ, ἐπί τʼ ἔλπεται ἤματα πάντα

ὄψεσθαι φίλον υἱὸν ἀπὸ Τροίηθεν ἰόντα: (Τροίας)

αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πανάποτμος, ἐπεὶ τέκον υἷας ἀρίστους (ἔτεκον, ­εῖς (acc.) )

Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ, τῶν δʼ οὔ τινά φημι λελεῖφθαι.

πεντήκοντά μοι ἦσαν, ὅτʼ ἤλυθον υἷες ʼΑχαιῶν: (ἦλθον, ­εῖς (nom.) )

ἐννεακαίδεκα μέν μοι ἰῆς ἐκ νηδύος ἦσαν,

τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους μοι ἔτικτον ἐνὶ μεγάροισι γυναῖκες.

τῶν μὲν πολλῶν θοῦρος Ἄρης ὑπὸ γούνατʼ ἔλυσεν·

ὃς δέ μοι οἶος ἔην, εἴρυτο δὲ ἄστυ καὶ αὐτούς, (ἦν)

τὸν σὺ πρῴην κτεῖνας ἀμυνόμενον περὶ πάτρης, (ἔκτεινας)

῞Εκτορα: τοῦ νῦν εἵνεχʼ ἱκάνω νῆας ʼΑχαιῶν (ναῦς (acc. pl.) )

λυσόμενος παρὰ σεῖο, φέρω δʼ ἀπερείσιʼ ἄποινα. (σου)

ἀλλʼ αἰδεῖο θεούς, ʼΑχιλεῦ, αὐτόν τʼ ἐλέησον, (­οῦ)

μνησάμενος σοῦ πατρός· ἐγὼ δʼ ἐλεεινότερός περ,

ἔτλην δʼ οἷʼ οὔ πώ τις ἐπιχθόνιος βροτὸς ἄλλος,

ἀνδρὸς παιδοφόνοιο ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρʼ ὀρέγεσθαι. (πρὸς)

3 Calypso's farewell to Odysseus

῞Διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχανʼ ʼΟδυσσεῦ,

οὕτω δὴ οἶκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν

αὐτίκα νῦν ἐθέλεις ἰέναι; σὺ δὲ χαῖρε καὶ ἔμπης.

εἴ γε μὲν εἰδείης σῇσι φρεσὶν ὅσσα τοι αἶσα (σαῖς, ὅσα)

κήδεʼ ἀναπλῆσαι, πρὶν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἱκέσθαι, (κήδη)

ἐνθάδε κʼ αὖθι μένων σὺν ἐμοὶ τόδε δῶμα φυλάσσοις

ἀθάνατός τʼ εἴης, ἱμειρόμενός περ ἰδέσθαι

σὴν ἄλοχον, τῆς αἰὲν ἐέλδεαι ἤματα πάντα. (ἔλδῃ)

οὐ μέν θην κείνης γε χερείων εὔχομαι εἶναι, (χείρων)

οὐ δέμας οὐδὲ φυήν, ἐπεὶ οὔ πως οὐδὲ ἔοικε

θνητὰς ἀθανάτῃσι δέμας καὶ εἶδος ἐρίζειν." (­αις)

τὴν δʼ ἀπομειβόμενος προσέφη πολύμητις ʼΟδυσσεύς·

"πότνα θεά, μή μοι τόδε χώεο: οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς (χώου)

πάντα μάλʼ, οὕνεκα σεῖο περίφρων Πηνελόπεια (σοῦ)

εἶδος ἀκιδνοτέρη μέγεθός τʼ εἰσάντα ἰδέσθαι:

ἡ μὲν γὰρ βροτός ἐστι, σὺ δʼ ἀθάνατος καὶ ἀγήρως.

ἀλλὰ καὶ ὣς ἐθέλω καὶ ἐέλδομαι ἤματα πάντα

οἴκαδέ τʼ ἐλθέμεναι καὶ νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι. (­εῖν)

εἰ δʼ αὖ τις ῥαίῃσι θεῶν ἐνὶ οἴνοπι πόντῳ, (ῥαίῃ)

τλήσομαι ἐν στήθεσσιν ἔχων ταλαπενθέα θυμόν: (­εσιν, ­ῆ)

ἤδη γὰρ μάλα πολλὰ πάθον καὶ πολλὰ μόγησα (ἔπαθον, ἐμόγησα)

κύμασι καὶ πολέμῳ: μετὰ καὶ τόδε τοῖσι γενέσθω."

4 The ghost of Odysseus's mother, Anticleia, tells him of the fate of his
wife, son, and father back home in Ithaca

καὶ λίην κείνη γε μένει τετληότι θυμῷ

σοῖσιν ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν: ὀϊζυραὶ δέ οἱ αἰεὶ

φθίνουσιν νύκτες τε καὶ ἤματα δάκρυ χεούσῃ.

σὸν δʼ οὔ πώ τις ἔχει καλὸν γέρας, ἀλλὰ ἕκηλος

Τηλέμαχος τεμένεα νέμεται καὶ δαῖτας (ἐϊσας ­η)

δαίνυται, ἃς ἐπέοικε δικασπόλον ἄνδρʼ ἀλεγύνειν:

πάντες γὰρ καλέουσι. πατὴρ δὲ σὸς αὐτόθι μίμνει (­οῦσι)

ἀγρῷ, οὐδὲ πόλινδε κατέρχεται: οὐδέ οἱ εὐναὶ

δέμνια καὶ χλαῖναι καὶ ῥήγεα σιγαλόεντα, (­η)

ἀλλʼ ὅ γε χεῖμα μὲν εὕδει ὅθι δμῶες ἐνὶ οἴκῳ

ἐν κόνι ἄγχι πυρός, κακὰ δὲ χροὶ εἵματα εἷται:

αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ἔλθῃσι θέρος τεθαλυῖά τʼ ὀπώρη, (­ῃ)

πάντῃ οἱ κατὰ γουνὸν ἀλωῆς οἰνοπέδοιο

φύλλων κεκλιμένων χθαμαλαὶ βεβλήαται εὐναί: (­νται)

ἔνθʼ ὅ γε κεῖτʼ ἀχέων, μέγα δὲ φρεσὶ πένθος ἀέξει (­ῶν)

σὸν νόστον ποθέων: χαλεπὸν δʼ ἐπὶ γῆρας ἱκάνει. (­ῶν)

οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐγὼν ὀλόμην καὶ πότμον ἐπέσπον: (ὠλόμην)

οὔτʼ ἐμέ γʼ ἐν μεγάροισιν ἐύσκοπος ἰοχέαιρα

οἷς ἀγανοῖς βελέεσσιν ἐποιχομένη κατέπεφνεν, (βέλεσιν)

οὔτε τις οὖν μοι νοῦσος ἐπήλυθεν, ἥ τε μάλιστα (νόσος, ­ῆλθεν)

τηκεδόνι στυγερῇ μελέων ἐξείλετο θυμόν: (­ῶν)

ἀλλά με σός τε πόθος σά τε μήδεα, φαίδιμʼ ʼΟδυσσεῦ, (­η)

σή τʼ ἀγανοφροσύνη μελιηδέα θυμὸν ἀπηύρα. (­ῆ)

5 The blind old man from Chios' rocky isle

ἀλλʼ ἄγεθʼ ἱλήκοι μὲν ʼΑπόλλων ʼΑρτέμιδι ξύν,

χαίρετε δʼ ὑμεῖς πᾶσαι: ἐμεῖο δὲ καὶ μετόπισθε (­οῦ)

μνήσασθʼ, ὁππότε κέν τις ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων (ὁπότε)

ἐνθάδʼ ἀνείρηται ξεῖνος ταλαπείριος ἐλθών: (­έρηται, ξένος)

"ὦ κοῦραι, τίς δʼ ὔμμιν ἀνὴρ ἥδιστος ἀοιδῶν (ὑμῖν)

ἐνθάδε πωλεῖται, καὶ τέῳ τέρπεσθε μάλιστα;" (τίνι)

ὑμεῖς δʼ εὖ μάλα πᾶσαι ὑποκρίνασθʼ ἀμφʼ ἡμέων: (ἡμῶν)

"τυφλὸς ἀνήρ, οἰκεῖ δὲ Χίῳ ἔνι παιπαλοέσσῃ,

τοῦ πᾶσαι μετόπισθεν ἀριστεύουσιν ἀοιδαί."

ἡμεῖς δʼ ὑμέτερον κλέος οἴσομεν ὅσσον ἐπʼ αἶαν (ὅσον)

ἀνθρώπων στρεφόμεσθα πόλεις εὖ ναιεταώσας: (­μεθα, ­ώσας)

οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ δὴ πείσονται, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐτήτυμόν ἐστιν.

αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν οὐ λήξω ἑκηβόλον ʼΑπόλλωνα

ὑμνέων ἀργυρότοξον ὃν ἠύκομος τέκε Λητώ. (­ῶν, ἔτεκε)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Key to Reading Unit 25
Cover 1. Glaucus, why are we two especially honoured with a seat of honour, [choice]
Introduction meats and full wine­cups in Lycia, and all men look upon us as if we were
Main Index gods, and we possess a great piece of land beside the banks of Xanthus, good
Links land [consisting] of orchard and wheat­bearing land? Therefore we should now
take our stand in the front ranks of the Lycians and take part in blazing battle,
Unit Key 24 so that a man of the close­armoured Lycians may speak thus: 'They [are] not
inglorious [who] hold sway in Lycia, [these] kings of ours, and [who] consume
(lit. eat) fat sheep and choice honey­sweet wine. But [they have] fine strength,
since they fight in the front ranks of the Lycians.' My good friend, if we were to
Unit 25 escape this conflict and were always going to exist ageless and immortal,
neither would I myself fight in the front ranks nor would I urge you into war
that brings men glory. But now, seeing that in any case the fates of death, which
no mortal man can escape or avoid, stand near us in their thousands, let us go,
[to see] whether we shall bestow glory to someone else or another to us. (Iliad
12.310­328)

2. Achilles like to the gods, remember your father, of [the same] age as I am, at
the painful threshold of old age; those who dwell round [him] harass him, and
there is no­one to keep off harm and destruction. Yet assuredly he rejoices in
his heart when he hears that you are alive, and all his days he hopes that he will
see again his dear son come back from Troy. But I am all­hapless, since I
produced the noblest sons in broad Troy, but I say that not one of them is left.
Fifty were my [sons], when the sons of the Achaeans came; nineteen were mine
from a single womb, the others women bore me in my hall. Violent Ares broke
up the knees of most of them; but the one who was left to me and protected the
city and the citizens (lit. them), you killed him lately defending his country,
Hector; for his sake I come now to the ships of the Achaeans to ransom him
from you, and I bring gifts beyond number. So respect the gods, Achilles, and
pity me (lit. [the suppliant] himself), remembering your father; I am still more
pitiable, and I have endured what no other mortal man on earth [has endured],
[viz] to stretch my hand to the mouth of the man who killed my son. (Iliad
24.486­506)

3. Son of Laertes, sprung from Zeus, Odysseus of many devices, thus do you
now wish to go home forthwith to your beloved native land? Fare you well,
nevertheless. For if you were to know in your mind of how many woes it is
fated for you to have full measure, before reaching your native land, you would
stay here with me and look after this house and be immortal, though desiring to
see your wife, for whom you long every day. For indeed I claim that I am not
inferior to her, either in body or in figure, since it is in no way fitting for mortal
women to compete with goddesses in body and appearance.' Odysseus of the
many counsels [in] answering her replied: 'Lady goddess, do not be angry at
this (i.e. how I feel about my wife and home); I myself know all this, that wise
Penelope is of less account than you in form and height to look upon face to
face. For she is mortal, whereas you are immortal and ageless. But even so I
wish and hope all my days to go home and see the day of my home­coming.
But if one of the gods smites me on the wine­dark sea, I shall endure, with my
woe­bearing heart in my breast. For already I have suffered very much and
laboured much on the sea (lit. waves) and in war; let this [suffering] too be
[added] to those [sufferings] after.' (Odyssey 5.203­224)
4. Truly, she remains with steadfast heart in your halls; and ever sorrowfully do
her nights and days pass away, as she weeps. Not yet does anyone hold your
fair possessions, but undisturbed Telemachus administers your allotted lands
and he feasts at equal banquets (i.e. gets his equal share), as (lit. which) is
fitting for a law­giving man to share; for all men invite [him]. But your father
remains there in the country, and comes not down to the city; nor has he
bedding [to serve as] a bed or (lit. and) cloaks or shining coverlets, but in the
winter he sleeps in the house where the slaves sleep, in the dust by the fire, and
is clothed on his body with poor clothing. But when summer comes and fruitful
autumn, anywhere on the knoll of his vine­bearing plot is thrown his bed of
fallen leaves on the ground. There he lies grieving, and fosters great sorrow in
his heart, longing for your return; and heavy old age has come upon him. And
so [it was that] I too perished and met my fate; neither did the keen­sighted
Shooter of Arrows (Artemis) assail me in my halls with her gentle shafts and
kill me, nor did any disease come upon me, such as (lit. which) especially takes
(historic pres.) the spirit from the limbs with loathsome wasting. No, [it was]
longing for you and [for] your counsels, glorious Odysseus, and [for] your
gentleness [which] took away my honey­sweet life. (Odyssey 11.181­203)

5. Come, may Apollo be favourable and Artemis too (lit. along with Artemis),
and farewell all you [maidens]. Remember me in after time, whenever any one
of men who dwell upon the earth comes here, a much­suffering stranger, and
asks, ' Girls, who in your eyes (lit. to/for you) is the sweetest of singers who
comes here, and in whom do you most delight?' Answer right well, all of you.
concerning me (lit. us): '[He is] a blind man, and he dwells in rugged Chios, and
all his songs are supreme evermore (lit. hereafter).' And I (lit. we) shall carry
your fame as far as I roam over the earth to the well­situated cities of men; and
they will be persuaded, since [this] is indeed true. And I will not cease praising
far­shooting Apollo, the lord of the silver bow, whom fair­tressed Leto bore.
(Hymn to Delian Apollo 165­178)

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 2­4
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Give the following forms:
(i) gen. pl. of ἀκτή
Rev. Units 5­7
(ii) acc. pl. of δῶρον
Rev. Key 2­4 (iii) dat. s. of νεανίας

(iv) dat. pl. of λόγος

(v) voc. s. of ποιητής

(vi) gen. s. of Κρονίδης

(vii) gen. s. of τράπεζα

(viii) acc. s. of τέκνον

(ix) acc. pl. of ὕδρα

(x) dat. pl. of βασίλεια

2 Decline in the singular and plural:

δοῦλος, δεσπότης, γλῶττα, ζῷον, βοή.

3 Conjugate the following:

(i) present indicative active of πίπτω

(ii) future indicative active of κελεύω

(iii) imperfect indicative active of φροντίζω

(iv) aorist indicative active of παύω

4 Give the present, future, and aorist infinitive active of

στρατεύω and πέμπω.
5 Translate into Greek with the assistance of the
accompanying vocabulary list:
(i) On account of the war. With the sailors. On behalf of the frogs.
Concerning good girls. Instead of good fortune. At the poet's house.

(ii) We are chasing Aspasia but the poet is drinking wine in Alcibiades'
house.

(iii) O son of Cronos, the first ruler of the frogs was lazy. It is necessary,
therefore, to send another.

(iv) According to the oracle at Delphi Croesus is destined to destroy a mighty

empire.

(v) The soldiers were seizing and carrying off Croesus' wealth.

(vi) Alas, you (pl. ) are suffering unjustly but we shall order the slaves to
keep bringing (use pres. inf. ) much wine.

(vii) Nausicaa washed the girls by the beach.

(viii) Bad female companions bear an evil fruit. Therefore I am remaining in

the desert.

(ix) The judges of the Athenians used to admire courage.

(x) We shall send gold and silver to the market.

The vocabulary to be used in these sentences (with the exception of very

common words such as καί) is given below. Lists will also be given with future
translation exercises but common words will not be repeated.

ἀγαθός, ἀγορά, ἄγω, ἀδίκως, ἀκτή, ʼΑλκιβιάδης, ἀλλά, ἄλλος, ἀνδρεία, ἀντί,
ἀργός, ἄργυρος, ἀρχή, ʼΑσπασία, βάτραχος, δεῖ, Δελφοί, διά, διώκω, δούλος,
εἰς, ἐν, ἐρημία, ἑταίρα, θαυμάζω, κακός, καρπός, κατά, κελεύω, κόρη, κριτής,
Κροῖσος, Κρονίδης, λούω, μεγάς, μέ́ λλω, μένω, μετά, μόναρχος, Ναυσικάα,
ναύτης, οἰκία, οἶνος, οὖν, παρά, πάσχω, παύω, πέμπω, περί, πίνω, πλοῦτος,
ποιητής, πόλεμος, πολύς, πρός, πρῶτος, στρατιώτης, τύχη, ὑπέρ, φέρω, φεῦ,
χρηστήριον, χρυσός.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 2­4
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
(i) ἀκτῶν. (ii) δῶρα. (iii) νεανίᾳ. (iv) λόγοις. (v) ποιητά. (vi) Κρονίδου.
Key Units 5­7
(vii) τραπέζης. (viii) τέκνον. (ix) ὕδρας. (x) βασιλείαις.
Rev. Unit 2­4

s. Nom. δοῦλος δεσπότης γλῶττα ζῷον βοή

Voc. δοῦλε δέσποτα γλῶττα ζῷον βοή

Acc. δοῦλον δεσπότην γλῶτταν ζῷον βοήν

Gen. δούλου δεσπότου γλώττης ζῴου βοῆς

Dat. δούλῳ δεσπότῃ γλώττῃ ζῴῳ βοῇ

pl.N. V. δοῦλοι δεσπόται γλῶτται ζῷα βοαί

Acc. δούλους δεσπότας γλώττας ζῷα βοάς

Gen. δούλων δεσποτῶν γλωττῶν ζῴων βοῶν

Dat. δούλοις δεσπόταις γλώτταις ζῴοις βοαῖς

3
(i) πίπτω, πίπτεις, πίπτει, πίπτομεν, πίπτετε, πίπτουσι(ν).

(ii) κελεύσω, κελεύσεις, κελεύσει, κελεύσομεν, κελεύσετε, κελεύσουσι(ν).

(iii) ἐφρόντιζον, ἐφρόντιζες, ἐφρόντιζε(ν), ἐφροντίζομεν, ἐφροντίζετε,

ἐφρόντιζον.

(iv) ἔπαυσα, ἔπαυσας, ἔπαυσε(ν), ἐπαύσαμεν, ἐπαύσατε, ἔπαυσαν.

4
 στρατεύειν, στρατεύσειν, στρατεῦσαι; πέμπειν, πέμψειν, πέμψαι.

5
(i) διὰ τὸν πόλεμον. μετὰ τῶν ναυτῶν. ὑπὲρ τῶν βατράχων. περὶ ἀγαθῶν
κορῶν (or κορῶν ἀγαθῶν). ἀντὶ ἀγαθῆς τύχης (or τύχης ἀγαθῆς). παρὰ τῷ
ποιητῇ.

(ii) τὴν ʼΑσπασίαν διώκομεν ἀλλὰ ὁ ποιητὴς ἐν τῇ τοῦ ʼΑλκιβιάδου οἰκίᾳ

οἶνον πίνει (or ἡμεῖς μὲν τὴν ʼΑσπασίαν διώκομεν ὁ δὲ ποιητὴς etc.).

(iii) ὦ Κρονίδη, ὁ πρῶτος μόναρχος τῶν βατράχων ἀργὸς ἦν. δεῖ οὖν ἄλλον
πέμψαι.

(iv) κατὰ τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς χρηστήριον ὁ Κροῖσος ἀρχὴν μεγάλην παῦσαι

μέ́
λλει.

(v) οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν τοῦ Κροίσου πλοῦτον ἔφερόν τε καὶ ἦγον.

(vi) φεῦ, ὑμεῖς μὲν ἀδίκως πάσχετε, ἡμεῖς δὲ πολὺν οἶνον φέρειν τοὺς
δούλους κελεύσομεν.

(vii) ἡ Ναυσικάα τὰς κόρας πρὸς τῇ ἀκτῇ ἔλουσεν.

(viii) αἱ κακαὶ ἑταῖραι καρπὸν κακὸν φέρουσιν. μένω οὖν ἐν τῇ ἐρημίᾳ.

(ix) οἱ κριταὶ τῶν ʼΑθηναίων τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐθαύμαζον.

(x) χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν πέμψομεν.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 5­7
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Decline the following in the singular and plural (where
Rev. Units 2­4 necessary consult the vocabulary to discover the stem):

Rev. Units 8­10 ́

χρῆμα, μήτηρ, κόραξ, γέρων, ψεῦδος, ὄρνις, παῖς, κρατήρ, Ελλην.
̔

Rev. Key 5­7

2 Conjugate the following:

(i) aorist indicative active of φυλάττω, ἄγω, ποιέω, γράφω, νομίζω

(ii) imperfect indicative active of φιλέω, δουλόω, τιμάω

(iii) future indicative active of ἐλπίζω, κόπτω, ἄγω

(iv) present indicative active of ὁράω, ὀρθόω, καλέω.

3 Translate into Greek:

(i) The three women (gen. ).

(ii) Five hundred soldiers (dat. ).

(iii) Twenty houses (nom .).

(iv) Fifteen horses (acc . ).

(v) Thirty­three goats (dat .).

(vi) Twenty­eight fathers (dat .).

(vii) Eighty­one wild beasts (gen .).

(viii) Four golden bones (gen .).

(ix) Three voyages (dat .).

(x) The bodies of two vultures.

4 Give the following forms:

 (i) 2nd pl. aor. ind. act. of συλλαμβάνω

(ii) 1st s. aor. ind. act. of περιφέρω

(iii) 1st s. impf. ind. act. of συστρατεύω

(iv) 3rd pl. aor. ind. act. of ἐξαιρέω

(v) 3rd s. impf. ind. act. of ἐγγράφω.

5 Translate into Greek:

(i) Living creatures are not always beautiful.

(ii) The men in Thebes are small but the women are large.

(iii) The enemy (pl. ) are killing the two generals.

(iv) We brought gold and silver to the market.

(v) Children are dear to their (say the) fathers.

(vi) I think making war (use articular infinitive ) evil.

(vii) Truth is not always easy for wise speakers.

(viii) The wives of the citizens did not honour the gods.

(ix) Lions have big teeth.

(x) The men of old used to admire courage.

(xi) I honoured Socrates because during winter he used always to remain at

home with his wife.

(xii) In the tenth year Agamemnon, the leader of the Greeks, ordered the
soldiers to make a large horse.

List of words:

ʼΑγαμέμνων, ἀγορά, ἀεί, αἴξ, ἀλήθεια, ἀνδρεία, ἀνήρ, ἀποκτείνω, ἄργυρος,

γυνή, γύψ, δέκατος, δύο, Ἕλλην, ἐπεί, ἔτος, ἔχω, ζῷον, ἡγεμών, θεός, Θῆβαι,
θήρ, ἵππος, κακός, καλός, κελεύω, λέων, μέγας, μένω, μετά, μικρός, νομίζω,
ὀδούς, οἰκία, οἴκοι, ὀστοῦν, παῖς, πάλαι, πατήρ, πλοῦς, ποιέω, πολεμέω,
πολέμιος, πολίτης, ῥᾴδιος, ῥητώρ, σοφός, στρατηγός, στρατιώτης, Σωκράτης,
σῶμα, τιμάω, φέρω, φίλος, χειμών, χρυσός, χρυσοῦς.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _
(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001
. Revision Exercise Key for Units 5­7
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units 2­4
s. Nom. χρῆμα μήτηρ κόραξ γέρων ψεῦδος
Key Units 8­10
Voc. χρῆμα μῆτερ κόραξ γέρον ψεῦδος
Rev. Unit 5­7 Acc. χρῆμα μητέρα κόρακα γέροντα ψεῦδος

Gen. χρήματος μητρός κόρακος γέροντος ψεύδους

Dat. χρήματι μητρί κόρακι γέροντι ψεύδει

pl. N.V. χρήματα μητέρες κόρακες γέροντες ψεύδη

Acc. χρήματα μητέρας κόρακας γέροντας ψεύδη

Gen. χρημάτων μητέρων κοράκων γερόντων ψευδῶν

Dat. χρήμασι(ν) μητράσι(ν) κόραξι(ν) γέρουσι(ν) ψεύδεσι(ν)

s. Nom. ὄρνις παῖς κρατήρ Ἕ λλην

Voc. ὄρνι παῖ κρατήρ "Ἕλλην

Acc. ὄρνιν παῖδα κρατῆρα "Ἕλληνα

Gen. ὄρνιθος παιδός κρατῆρος "Ἕλληνος

Dat. ὄρνιθι παιδί κρατῆρι "Ἕλληνι

pl. N.V. ὄρνιθες παῖδες κρατῆρες "Ἕλληνες

Acc. ὄρνιθας παῖδας κρατῆρας "Ἕλληνας

Gen. ὀρνίθων παίδων κρατήρων Ελλήνων

̔

Dat. ὄρνισι(ν) παισί(ν) κρατῆρσι(ν) "Ἕλλησι(ν)

(i)

ἐφύλαξα, ἐφύλαξας, ἐφύλαξε(ν), ἐφυλάξαμεν, ἐφυλάξατε, ἐφύλαξαν.

ἤγαγον, ἤγαγες, ἤγαγε(ν), ἠγάγομεν, ἠγάγετε, ἤγαγον.

ἐποίησα, ἐποίησας, ἐποίησε(ν), ἐποιήσαμεν, ἐποιήσατε, ἐποίησαν.

ἔγραψα, ἔγραψας, ἔγραψε(ν), ἐγράψαμεν, ἐγράψατε, ἔγραψαν.

ἐνόμισα, ἐνόμισας, ἐνόμισε(ν), ἐνομίσαμεν, ἐνομίσατε, ἐνόμισαν.

(ii)

ἐφίλουν, ἐφίλεις, ἐφίλει, ἐφιλοῦμεν, ἐφιλεῖτε, ἐφίλουν.

ἐδούλουν, ἐδούλους, ἐδούλου, ἐδουλοῦμεν, ἐδουλοῦτε, ἐδούλουν.

ἐτίμων, ἐτίμας, ἐτίμα, ἐτιμῶμεν, ἐτιμᾶτε, ἐτίμων.

(iii)

ἐλπιῶ, ἐλπιεῖς, ἐλπιεῖ, ἐλπιοῦμεν, ἐλπιεῖτε, ἐλπιοῦσι(ν).

κόψω, κόψεις, κόψει, κόψομεν, κόψετε, κόψουσι(ν).

ἄξω, ἄξεις, ἄξει, ἄξομεν, ἄξετε, ἄξουσι(ν).

(iv)

ὁρῶ, ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾷ, ὁρῶμεν, ὁρᾶτε, ὁρῶσι(ν).

ὀρθῶ, ὀρθοῖς, ὀρθοῖ, ὀρθοῦμεν, ὀρθοῦτε, ὀρθοῦσι(ν).

καλῶ, καλεῖς, καλεῖ, καλοῦμεν, καλεῖτε, καλοῦσι(ν).

3
(i) τῶν τριῶν γυναικῶν.

(ii) πεντακοσίοις στρατιώταις.

(iii) εἴκοσιν οἰκίαι.

(iv) πεντεκαίδεκα ἵππους.

(v) τριάκοντα τρισὶν αἰξίν.

(vi) εἴκοσιν ὀκτὼ πατράσιν.

(vii) ὀγδοήκοντα ἕνος θηρῶν.

(viii) τεττάρων χρυσῶν ὀστῶν.

(ix) τρισὶ πλοῖς.

(x) τὰ σώματα δυοῖν γυπῶν.

4
(i) συνελάβετε.

(ii) περιήνεγκον.

(iii) συνεσράτευον.

(iv) ἐξεῖλον.

(v) ἐνέγραφε(ν).

(i) τὰ ζῷα οὐκ ἔστιν ἀεὶ καλά.

(ii) ἐν Θήβαις οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες εἰσὶ μικροί, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες μεγάλαι.

(iii) οἱ πολέμιοι ἀποκτείνουσι τοὺς δύο στρατηγούς.

(iv) χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἠνέγκομεν.

(v) οἱ παῖδες φίλοι τοῖς πατράσιν εἰσίν.

(vi) νομίζω τὸ πολεμεῖν κακόν.

(vii) ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἀεὶ ἔστιν ῥᾳδία τοῖς σοφοῖς ῥητόρσιν.

(viii) αἱ γυναῖκες τῶν πολιτῶν οὐκ ἐτίμησαν τοὺς θεούς.

(ix) οἱ λέοντες μεγάλους ἔχουσιν ὀδόντας.

(x) οἱ πάλαι τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐτίμων.

(xi) τὸν Σωκράτη ἐτίμησα ἐπεὶ τὸν χειμῶνα οἴκοι μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς ἔμενεν.

(xii) τῷ δεκάτῳ ἔτει ʼΑγαμέμνων, ὁ τῶν ̔

Ελλήνων ἡγεμών, ἐκέλευσε τοὺς
στρατιώτας μέγαν ἵππον ποιῆσαι.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 8­10
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Conjugate the following:
Rev. Units
(i) present indicative middle of παύω
5­7
(ii) imperfect indicative passive of κομίζω
Rev. Units
11­13 (iii) aorist indicative middle of διδάσκω
Rev. Key 8­ (iv) future indicative middle of λούω
10
(v) present indicative passive of δουλόω

(vi) imperfect indicative middle of πολεμέω

2 Decline in the singular and plural:

(i) οὗτος ὁ χαρίεις μῦς

(ii) ὅδε ὁ ἀμαθής

(iii) ἐκεῖνος ὁ ὀξύς

(iv) ὁ ὄφις αὐτός

3 Parse and distinguish between:

(i) αὐτή, αὑτή, αὕτη, ταὐτῇ

(ii) ταῦτα, ταὐτά

(iii) ταὐτοῦ, τούτου, αὐτοῦ

(iv) αὐτῷ, τούτῳ, ταὐτῷ

4 Translate and distinguish between:

(i) ἥδε/ἐκείνη ἡ κόρη

 (ii) αὕτη/αὐτὴ ἡ γυνή

(iii) οὗτος/ὅδε ὁ ἀνήρ

(iv) οὗτος ὁ παῖς, αὑτὸς παῖς

5 Translate each of the following by a single Greek word:

(i) That woman over there.

(ii) This man near you.

(iii) This woman near me.

(iv) Those things near you.

(v) These things near me.

6 Translate into Greek:

Where you cannot tell from the context whether an English second person
pronoun is singular or plural (e.g. iv) assume that it is singular.

(i) These are the eggs of the four bad crows who came from Thebes.

(ii) O Pericles, you said that silence is becoming for women but Aspasia thinks
that it is also becoming for men.

(iii) According to Aeschylus suffering brings wisdom. I, therefore, hope that the
language of the Greeks will make me wise because I am suffering much.

(iv) You must not (use οὐ χρή) live with those Egyptians who actually eat
crocodiles. Later they will be wanting to eat you.

(v) I said I was not happy , O Diogenes. Because the race is not to the swift I
shall not get the prize.

(vi) We are washing ourselves with the water(use dative without preposition)
which we found in the house.

(vii) He ransomed the two brothers whom the Spartans defeated.

(viii) O young man, for five days you said nothing to Socrates when he was
talking about virtue. I do not think you learnt what he was teaching.

List of words:

ἀδελφός, ἆθλον, Αἰγύπτιος, Αἰσχύλος, ἀνήρ, ἀρετή, ʼΑσπασία, βούλομαι,

γλῶττα, γυνή, διαλέγομαι, διδάσκω, Διογένης, διότι, δρόμος, δύο, Ἕλλην, ἐλπίζω ,
ἐσθίω, εὐδαίμων, εὑρίσκω, ἡμέρα, Θῆβαι, κόραξ, κόσμον φέρειν, κοῦφος,
κροκόδιλος, κτάομαι, Λακεδαιμόνιος, λέγω, λούομαι, λύομαι, μανθάνω, μετά,
νεανίας, νικάω, νομίζω, οἰκέω, οἰκία, οἴομαι, ὅτε, ὅτι, οὐδέν, οὔκουν, οὖν,
πάθημα, πάσχω, πέντε, περί, Περικλῆς, ποιέω, πολύς, σιωπή, σοφία, σοφός,
Σωκράτης, τέτταρες, ὕδωρ, ὕστερον, φημί, χρή, ᾠόν.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 8­10
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units 5­
(i) παύομαι, παύῃ (­ει), παύεται, παυόμεθα, παύεσθε, παύονται.
7
(ii) ἐκομιζόμην, ἐκομίζου, ἐκομίζετο, ἐκομιζόμεθα, ἐκομίζεσθε, ἐκομίζοντο.
Key Units
11­13 (iii) ἐδιδαξάμην, ἐδιδάξω, ἐδιδάξατο, ἐδιδαξάμεθα, ἐδιδάξασθε, ἐδιδάξαντο.
Rev. Unit 8­ (iv) λούσομαι, λούσῃ (­ει), λούσεται, λουσόμεθα, λούσεσθε, λούσονται.
10
(v) δουλοῦμαι, δουλοῖ, δουλοῦται, δουλούμεθα, δουλοῦσθε, δουλοῦνται.

(vi) ἐπολεμούμην, ἐπολεμοῦ, ἐπολεμεῖτο, ἐπολεμούμεθα, ἐπολεμεῖσθε,

ἐπολεμοῦντο.

None of these phrases can have a vocative

s. Nom. οὗτος ὁ χαρίεις μῦς ὅδε ὁ ἀμαθής

this charming mouse (near you) this ignorant person (near me)

Acc. τοῦτον τὸν χαρίεντα μῦν τόνδε τὸν ἀμαθῆ

Gen. τούτου τοῦ χαρίεντος μυός τοῦδε τοῦ ἀμαθοῦς

Dat. τούτῳ τῷ χαρίεντι μυΐ τῷδε τῷ ἀμαθεῖ

pl. N. οὗτοι οἱ χαρίεντες μῦες οἵδε οἱ ἀμαθεῖς

Acc. τούτους τοὺς χαρίεντας μῦας τούσδε τοὺς ἀμαθεῖς

Gen. τούτων τῶν χαριέντων μυῶν τῶνδε τῶν ἀμαθῶν

Dat. τούτοις τοῖς χαρίεσι μυσί(ν) τοῖσδε τοῖς ἀμαθέσι(ν)

s. Nom. ἐκεῖνος ὁ ὀξύς ὁ ὄφις αὐτός

that quick person the snake itself

Acc. ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὀξύν τὸν ὄφιν αὐτόν

 Gen. ἐκείνου τοῦ ὀξέος τοῦ ὄφεως αὐτοῦ

Dat. ἐκείνῳ τῷ ὀξεῖ τῷ ὄφει αὐτῷ

pl. N. ἐκεῖνοι οἱ ὀξεῖς οἱ ὄφεις αὐτοί

Acc. ἐκείνους τοὺς ὀξεῖς τοὺς ὄφεις αὐτούς

Gen. ἐκείνων τῶν ὀξέων τῶν ὄφεων αὐτῶν

Dat. ἐκείνοις τοῖς ὀξέσι(ν) τοῖς ὄφεσιν αὐτοῖς

3
(i) αὐτή nom. fem. s. of αὐτός; αὑτή (= ἡ αὐτή) nom. fem. s. of ὁ αὐτός; αὕτη nom.
fem. s. of οὗτος; ταὐτῇ (= τῇ αὐτῇ) dat. fem. s. of ὁ αὐτός.

(ii) ταῦτα nom./acc. n. pl. of οὗτος; ταὐτά (= τὰ αὐτά)nom./acc. n. pl. of ὁ αὐτός.

(iii) ταὐτοῦ (= τοῦ αὐτοῦ) gen. m./n. s. of ὁ αὐτός; τούτου gen. m./n. s. of οὗτος;
αὐτοῦ gen. m./n. s. of αὐτός.

(iv) αὐτῷ dat. m./n. s. of αὐτός; τούτῳ dat. m./n. s. of οὗτος; ταὐτῷ (= τῷ αὐτῷ)
dat. m./n. s. of ὁ αὐτός.

(i) This girl near me; that girl over there.

(ii) This woman near you; the woman herself,

(iii) This man near you; this man near me.

(iv) This boy near you; the same boy (αὑτός = ὁ αὐτός).

5
(i) ἐκείνη. (ii) οὗτος. (iii) ἥδε. (iv) ταῦτα. (v) τάδε.

6
(i) ταῦτά ἐστι (or τάδε ἐστὶ) τὰ ᾠὰ τῶν τεττάρων κακῶν κοράκων οἳ ἀπὸ τῶν
Θηβῶν ἦλθον.

(ii) ὦ Περίκλεις, σὺ μὲν εἶπας ὅτι ἡ σιωπὴ κόσμον φέρει ταῖς γυναιξίν, ἡ
δʼ ʼΑσπασία νομίζει αὐτὴν καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσι κόσμον φέρειν.

(iii) κατὰ τὸν Αἰσχύλον τὰ παθήματα (or τὸ πάσχειν) σοφίαν φέρει. ʼΕλπίζω οὖν
τὴν τῶν ̔ Ελλήνων γλῶτταν σοφόν με ποιήσειν, διότι πολλὰ πάσχω.

(iv) οὐ χρή σε οἰκεῖν μετὰ ἐκείνων τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οἳ κροκοδίλους καὶ ἐσθίουσιν.
ὕστερον γὰρ βουλήσονται σὲ (accented because emphatic) ἐσθίειν.

(v) οὐκ ἔφην εὐδαίμων εἶναι, ὦ Διόγενες. διότι γὰρ οὐ τοῖς κούφοις ὁ δρόμος, τὸ
ἆθλον οὐ κτήσομαι (or εἶπον ὅτι οὐκ εἰμι εὐδαίμων ...).

(vi) λουόμεθα τῷ ὕδατι ὃ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ηὕρομεν.

(vii) ἐλύσατο τοὺς δύο ἀδελφοὺς οὓς οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐνίκησαν.

(viii) ὦ νεανία, πέντε ἡμερῶν τῷ Σωκράτει οὐδὲν εἶπας ὅτε περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς
διελέγετο. οὔκουν οἴομαί σε μαθεῖν ὅτι ἐδίδασκεν.

In (iv) and (v) γάρ is used in the second sentence because in both cases it explains
the preceding one (4.1/3).

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 11­13
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Conjugate the following:
Rev. Units
(i) aorist indicative active of γιγνώσκω
8­10
(ii) aorist indicative middle of ἀμύνω
Rev. Units
14­16 (iii) future indicative active of ἀγγέλλω
Rev. Key 11­ (iv) aorist indicative active of ἀποδιδράσκω
13
(v) future indicative passive of μιαίνω

(vi) aorist indicative passive of δουλόω

(vii) future indicative active of ἀπαίρω

(viii) aorist indicative passive of τάττω.

2 Give the nom. s. masculine and feminine forms of the

participle of the following:

(i) future active of βουλεύω.

(ii) aorist middle of διδάσκω.

(iii) present passive of ἀποφαίνω.

(iv) future active of βάλλω.

(v) aorist passive of φιλέω.

(vi) aorist active of σημαίνω.

(vii) present middle of οἰκοδομέω.

(viii) aorist active of τυγχάνω.

(ix) future middle of ἀλγύνω.

(x) aorist active of γιγνώσκω.

3 Decline in the singular and plural:

ἥρως, λαγώς, υἱός (give all possible forms).

4 Translate the following by using verbs mentioned in 13.1/2:

(i) We used to rule the Persians.

(ii) She followed her friend.

(iii) You (pl. ) are sharing the horses.

(iv) Are you (s. ) obeying the king?

(v) They will care for the children.

(vi) He did not listen to Socrates.

(vii) Why are you (s. ) always advising me?

(viii) I love you, Aspasia!

5 Translate the following, in each sentence replacing the

subordinate clause by a participial phrase with the same meaning:

(i) Women who do not marry escape many troubles.

(ii) When a snake is present we always measure its tracks.

(iii) Those who were bitten by a bear are frightened to go out.

(iv) Because we are not poor we sing beautifully.

(v) I did not come to hear your troubles, Prometheus.

(vi) Although I do not love myself excessively I have few friends.

(vii) When I am sick I at any rate do not go to the agora.

(viii) And yet I thought Diogenes wise on the grounds that he did not write
many books.

List of words

ἄγαν, ᾄδω, ἀεί, ἀκούω, ἄρκτος, ἄρχω, ʼΑσπασία, ἅτε, βασιλεύς, βιβλίον,
γαμέομαι, γράφω, δάκνω, ἔγωγε, ἐμαυτόν, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμελέομαι,
ἕπομαι, ἐράω, ἵππος, ἴχνος, καίπερ, καίτοι, μετέχω, μετρέω, νομίζω, νοσέω,
ὀλίγος, ὄφις, παίς, πάρειμι, πείθομαι, πένης, Πέρσης, σοφός, Σωκράτης, τί, φεύγω,
φίλος, φοβέομαι, ὡς.
__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________
_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 11­13
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units 8­
(i) ἔγνων, ἔγνως, ἔγνω, ἔγνωμεν, ἔγνωτε, ἔγνωσαν.
10
(ii) ἠμυνάμην, ἠμύνω, ἠμύνατο, ἠμυνάμεθα, ἠμύνασθε, ἠμύναντο.
Key Units
14­16 (iii) ἀγγελῶ, ἀγγελεῖς, ἀγγελεῖ, ἀγγελοῦμεν, ἀγγελεῖτε, ἀγγελοῦσι(ν).
Rev. Unit (iv) ἀπέδραν, ἀπέδρας, ἀπέδρα, ἀπέδραμεν, ἀπέδρατε, ἀπέδρασαν.
11­13
(v) μιανθήσομαι, μιανθήσῃ (­ει), μιανθήσεται, μιανθησόμεθα, μιανθήσεσθε,
μιανθήσονται.

(vi) ἐδουλώθην, ἐδουλώθης, ἐδουλώθη, ἐδουλώθημεν, ἐδουλώθητε,

ἐδουλώθησαν.

(vii) ἀπαρῶ, ἀπαρεῖς, ἀπαρεῖ, ἀπαροῦμεν, ἀπαρεῖτε, ἀπαροῦσι(ν).

(viii) ἐτάχθην, ἐτάχθης, ἐτάχθη, ἐτάχθημεν, ἐτάχθητε, ἐτάχθησαν.

(i) βουλεύσων, βουλεύσουσα.

(ii) διδαξάμενος, διδαξαμένη.

(iii) ἀποφαινόμενος, ἀποφαινομένη.

(iv) βαλῶν, βαλοῦσα.

(v) φιληθείς, φιληθεῖσα.

(vi) σημήνας, σημήνασα.

(vii) οἰκοδομούμενος, οἰκοδομουμένη.

(viii) τυχών, τυχοῦσα.

(ix) ἀλγυνούμενος, ἀλγυνουμένη.

(x) γνούς, γνοῦσα.

3

s. Nom. ἥρως λαγώς υἱός

Voc. ἥρως λαγώς υἱέ

Acc. ἥρωα, ἥρω λαγών υἱόν

Gen. ἥρωος λαγώ υἱοῦ, υἱέος

Dat. ἥρωϊ, ἥρῳ λαγῴ υἱῷ, υἱεῖ

pl. N. V. ἥρωες λαγῴ υἱοί, υἱεῖς

Acc. ἥρωας λαγώς υἱούς, υἱεῖς

Gen. ἡρώων λαγών υἱῶν, υἱέων

Dat. ἥρωσι(ν) λαγῴς υἱοῖς, υἱέσι(ν)

(i) τῶν Περσῶν ἤρχομεν.

(ii) αὕτη τῷ φίλῳ (or τῇ φίλῃ) ἕσπετο.

(iii) τῶν ἵππων μέτεχετε.

(iv) ἆρα τῷ βασιλεῖ πείθῃ;

(v) τῶν παίδων ἐπιμελήσονται.

(vi) τοῦ Σωκράτους οὐκ ἤκουσεν.

(vii) τί ἀεί μοι παραινεῖς;

(viii) ἐρῶ σου, ὦ ʼΑσπασία.

(i) αἱ μὴ γαμούμεναι πολλὰ κακά φεύγουσιν.

(ii) ὄφεως παρόντος τὰ ἴχνη ἀεὶ μετροῦμεν.

(iii) οἱ ὑπὸ ἄρκτου δηχθέντες ἐξιέναι φοβοῦνται.

(iv) ἅτε οὐ πένητες ὄντες καλὰ (or καλῶς) ᾄδομεν.

(v) οὐκ ἦθλον ἀκουσόμενος τὰ σὰ κακά, ὦ Προμηθεῦ.

(vi) καίπερ ἐμαυτὸν οὐκ ἄγαν φιλῶν ὀλίγους φίλους ἔχω.

(vii) ἔγωγε νοσῶν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν οὐκ ἔρχομαι.

(viii) καίτοι ἐνόμιζον τὸν Διογένη σοφὸν ὡς πολλὰ βιβλία οὐ γράψαντα.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 14­16
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Conjugate the following:
Rev. Units
(i) aorist optative active of κρίνω
11­13
(ii) perfect indicative active of γράφω
Rev. Units
17­19 (iii) present subjunctive of πορεύομαι (with deponent verbs it is unnecessary to
give the voice.)
Rev. Key 14­
16 (iv) pluperfect indicative active of δουλόω

(v) aorist subjunctive active of βαίνω

(vi) pluperfect indicative mid./pass. of ἀλλάττω

(vii) present subjunctive active of ὀρθόω

(viii) perfect indicative mid./pass. of κλέπτω

(ix) present optative active of ὁράω

(x) aorist optative of φεύγω

(xi) perfect indicative mid./pass of κρούω

(xii) present subjunctive mid./pass. of φιλέω

2 Parse the following:

(i) βεβληκότος

(ii) μεμαθηκέναι

(iii) πεπεικυίας

(iv) πεφοβῆσθαι

(v) λελυμένης

(vi) γραφεῖσι

(vii) κεκρύφθαι

(viii) ἐγνωκότας
 (ix) εἰληφέναι

(x) πεπομφός.

3 Give the middle forms corresponding to the following active

ones;
ἁρπάσητε, βάλλοι, ἅψωσι, πράξειε, δηλοῖ (subj.), βεβουλεύκαμεν, λάβοιμεν,
ἐπεποιήκη, τιμῴη, εὕρηκε.

4 Translate into Greek using the verbs and construction given at

15.1/2:

(i) I saw him going from the agora.

(ii) I heard my sister saying this.

(iii) Yesterday I stopped drinking wine with Nicias.

(iv) I shall stop you drinking in my house.

(v) I take pleasure in learning the language of the Greeks.

(vi) They are obviously saying wise things.

(vii) He went away without me knowing.

(viii) I shall arrive at Athens before you.

5 Translate into Greek

(i) Whenever you chase two hares both escape.

(ii) My father was Oedipus, the son of Laius, but if ever I asked him about my
mother he used to keep silent.

(iii) Let us eat much so that we may fight many Persians.

(iv) There is indeed a certain pleasure in words, Alcibiades, but whenever you
start talking, I at any rate go away inconspicuously (use λανθάνω).

(v) Are you afraid the lion may chase your wife, Nicias ? The lion is not so stupid
as to do that.

(vi) I happened to be walking in the fields when I heard two lovers saying, 'We
have kissed!'

(vii) Archimedes, why do you keep (use διατελέω) shouting ? You have already
told us many times that you enjoy washing yourself.

(viii) You must (use χρή) stop flaying that goat, Demosthenes. Whenever you start
doing something you never do it in moderation.

List of words

ἀγορά, ἀγρός, ἀδελφή, ʼΑθήναζε, αἴξ, ἀκούω, ʼΑλκιβιάδης, ἀλλά, ἀμφότεροι,

ἀπέρχομαι, ἆρα, ʼΑρχιμήδης, ἄρχομαι, αὐτός, ἀφικνέομαι, βαδίζω, βοάω, γε,
γλῶττα, γυνή, δέρω, Δημοσθένης, διατελέω, διὰ τί, διώκω, δύο, ἔγωγε, εἰ, ἐκεῖνος,
ἐκφεύγω, ῞Ελλην, ἐμός, ἔνεστι, ἔρχομαι, ἐρωτάω, ἐρωτικός, ἐσθίω, ἐχθές, ἤδη,
ἥδομαι, ἡδονή, ἵνα, λαγώς, Λάϊος, λανθάνω, λέγω, λέων, λόγος, λούω, μανθάνω,
μάχομαι, μετά, μετρίως, μήτηρ, μῶρος, Νικίας, Οἰδίπους, οἰκία, οἶνος, ὁράω,
ὅταν, ὅτε, ὅτι, οὐδέποτε, οὗτος, πατήρ, παύω, περί, Πέρσης, πίνω, ποιέω,
πολλάκις, πολύς, σιγάω, σοφός, τις, τυγχάνω, φαίνομαι, φθάνω, φιλέω, φοβέομαι,
χρή, ὥστε,

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________
___________ __________ __________ __________ _____________
________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 14­16
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units
(i) κρίναιμι, κρίνειας (­αις), κρίνειε (­αι), κρίναιμεν, κρίναιτε, κρίνειαν (­αιεν).
11­13
(ii) γέγραφα, γέγραφας, γέγραφε(ν), γεγράφαμεν, γεγράφατε, γεγράφασι(ν).
Key Units
17­19 (iii) πορεύωμαι, πορεύῃ, πορεύηται, πορευώμεθα, πορεύησθε, πορεύωνται.
Rev. Unit (iv) ἐδεδουλώκη, ἐδεδουλώκης, ἐδεδουλώκει(ν), ἐδεδουλώκεμεν, ἐδεδουλώκετε,
14­16 ἐδεδουλώκεσαν.

(v) βῶ, βῇς, βῇ, βῶμεν, βῆτε, βῶσι(ν).

(vi) ἠλλάγμην, ἤλλαξο, ἤλλακτο, ἠλλάγμεθα, ἤλλαχθε, ἀλλαγμένοι ἦσαν.

(vii) ὀρθῶ, ὀρθοῖς, ὀρθοῖ, ὀρθῶμεν, ὀρθῶτε, ὀρθῶσι(ν).

(viii) κέκλεμμαι, κέκλεψαι, κέκλεπται, κεκλέμμεθα, κέκλεφθε, κεκλεμμένοι

εἰσί(ν).

(ix) ὁρῴην, ὁρῴης, ὁρῴη, ὁρῷμεν, ὁρῷτε, ὁρῷεν.

(x) φύγοιμι, φύγοις, φύγοι, φύγοιμεν, φύγοιτε, φύγοιεν.

(xi) κέκρουμαι, κέκρουσαι, κέκρουται, κεκρούμεθα, κέκρουσθε, κέκρουνται.

(xii) φιλῶμαι, φιλῇ, φιλῆται, φιλώμεθα, φιλῆσθε, φιλῶνται.

(i) gen. m./n. s. of the perf. act. pple. of βάλλω.

(ii) perf. act. inf. of μανθάνω.

(iii) gen. f. s. of the weak perf. act. pple. of πείθω.

(iv) perf. inf. of φοβέομαι.

(v) gen. f. s. of the perf. mid./pass. pple. of λύω.

(vi) dat. m./n. pl. of the aor. pass. pple. of γράφω.

(vii) perf. mid./pass. inf. of κρύπτω.

(viii) acc. m. pl. of the perf. act. pple. of γιγνώσκω.

(ix) perf. act. inf. of λαμβάνω.

(x) nom./acc. n. s. of the perf. act. pple of πέμπω.

3
ἁρπάσησθε, βάλλοιτο, ἅψωνται, πράξαιτο, δηλῶται, βεβουλεύμεθα, λαβοίμεθα,
ἐπεποίητο, τιμῷτο, εὕρηται.

(i) εἶδον αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἰόντα.

(ii) τῆς ἀδελφῆς ταῦτα λεγούσης ἤκουσα.

(iii) ἐχθὲς ἐπαυσάμην οἶνον πίνων μετὰ Νικίου.

(iv) παύσω σε ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ οἰκίᾳ πίνοντα.

(v) ἥδομαι τὴν τῶν ̔

Ελλήνων γλῶτταν μανθάνων.

(vi) σοφὰ λέγοντες φαίνονται.

(vii) ἔλαθε με ἀπελθών (or λαθών με ἀπῆλθεν).

(viii) φθάσω σε ʼΑθήναζε ἀφικόμενος (or φθάσας ... ἀφίξομαι).

5
(i) ὅταν δύο λαγὼς διώκῃς, ἀμφότεροι ἐκφεύγουσιν.

(ii) ὁ πατήρ μοι ἦν Οἰδίπους ὁ Λαι?ου, ἀλλὰ εἰ αὐτὸν περὶ τῆς μητρὸς ἐροίμην
ἐσίγα.

(iii) πολλὰ φάγωμεν ἵνα πολλοῖς Πέρσαις μαχώμεθα.

(iv) ἔνεστί γε ἡδονή τις τοῖς λόγοις, ὦ ʼΑλκιβιάδη, ἀλλὰ ὅταν λέγων ἄρξῃ ἔγωγε
ἀπελθὼν λανθάνω (or λαθὼν ἀπέρχομαι).

(v) ἆρα φοβῇ μὴ ὁ λέων τὴν γυναῖκα διώκῃ, ὦ Νικία ; ὁ γὰρ λέων οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω
μῶρος ὥστε τοῦτο ποιεῖν.

(vi) ἔτυχον ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς βαδίζων ὅτε δυοῖν ἐρωτικῶν ἤκουσα λεγόντων,
πεφιλήκαμεν.

(vii) ὦ ʼΑρχιμήδη, διὰ τί βοῶν διατελεῖς; πολλάκις γὰρ ἡμῖν ἤδη εἴρηκας ὅτι
λουόμενος ἥδῃ.

(viii) χρή σε παύσασθαι ἐκεῖνον τὸν αἶγα δέροντα, ὦ Δημόσθενες. ὅταν γὰρ ποιῶν
τι ἄρχῃ, οὐδέποτε μετρίως ποιεῖς.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 17­19
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Parse the following:
Rev. Units
(i) δοίη
14­16
(ii) ἑστῶτος
Rev. Units
20­22 (iii) ἰέναι
Rev. Key 17­ (iv) διδόναι
19
(v) ἔστησαν

(vi) ἰοῦσι

(vii) στῆτε

(viii) ἐτίθεσαν

(ix) ἴω

(x) θέντι

(xi) ἴοιεν

(xii) ἕστασαν

(xiii) θές

(xiv) στῆναι

(xv) θεῖμεν

(xvi) ἴθι

(xvii) δοῦσι

(xviii) ἴασι

2 Translate into Greek:

Woman. Go away as quickly as possible, O basest of the base!

Man. But, O fairest woman, you are no longer sweeter than honey.
W. Keep silent or I shall go out to call the guards.

M. Today I shall give you more gifts.

W. Do not do that, for I possess everything of which I have a need.

M. But remember the horse I gave you so that your life might be easier. It is
standing in the middle of the courtyard.

W. My life would be easier if you were standing in the furthest part of Hades!

M. Do not say more; for I am already dead.

3 Conjugate the following:

(i) aorist subjunctive active of δίδωμι

(ii) present optative active of τίθημι

(iii) imperfect middle of ἵστημι

(iv) perfect indicative of ἵστημι

(v) imperfect active of δίδωμι

(vi) perfect optative of ἵστημι

(vii) aorist imperative active of δίδωμι

(viii) present indicative passive of τίθημι

4 Translate into English and give the time reference of each

clause:

(i) εἰ τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπάθετε.

(ii) εἰ τοῦτο ἐποιεῖτε, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπάσχετε.

(iii) ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιήσητε, οὐδὲν πείσεσθε.

(iv) εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσαιτε, οὐδὲν ἂν πάθοιτε.

(v) εἰ τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε, οὐδὲν ἐπάθετε.

(vi) εἰ τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, οὐδὲν πάσχετε.

(vii) εἰ τοῦτο ἐποιεῖτε, οὐδὲν ἐπάσχετε.

(viii) εἰ τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπάσχετε.

5 Give the comparative and superlative (masculine singular
only) of:
ἀρχαῖος, ἀσθενής, ἐχθρός, κακός, κενός, ῥᾴδιος, σώφρων, ταχύς.

6 Parse the following:

πλέονι, πλειόνων, πλείους, πλείω, πλεόνων.

7 Translate into Greek:

(i) Why are you standing on top of the house, Olympicus? Can you see more
pirates from there?

(ii) Do not eat that snake, Diogenes. If you were to become a dragon you would
be much worse than you are now.

(iii) Do not fear the Persians, O Athenians. Our weapons are much better.

(iv) Have you fallen into the river again, Heraclitus? Would you say that this is
not the same river into which you fell yesterday?

(v) Last year I was appointed general but yesterday the citizens appointed
Xenophon.

(vi) Do not give anything to Archimedes. We do know how he will use the
things given to him.

(vii) I am being abused by Demosthenes because I treated Philip well.

(viii) A Hermes could have been made very easily from this wood.

(ix) If you do not go more quickly, Xenophon, you will never see the sea.

(x) We caused the Thracians to revolt but they were expelled from their country
by the Persians.

List of words

ʼΑθηναῖος, Ἅιδης, ἄκρος, ἀνίστημι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποθνῄσκω, ʼΑρχιμήδης, αὖθις,

αὐλή, ἀφίστημι, βίος, γίγνομαι, δέομαι, Δημοσθένης, διὰ τί, δίδωμι, Διογένης,
δράκων, δύναμαι, δῶρον, ἐκεῖθεν, ἐμός, ἐξέρχομαι, ̔
Ερμῆς, ἔρχομαι, ἐσθίω,
ἔσχατος, εὖ ποιέω, ἐχθές, ἡδύς, ἡμέτερος, ̔
Ηράκλειτος, θάλαττα, Θρᾷξ, ἵππος,
ἵστημι, καθίστημι, κακῶς ἀκούω, καλέω, καλός, λέγω, μέλι, μέμνημαι, μέσος,
μηδέν, νῦν, Ξενοφῶν, ξύλον, οἶδα, οἰκία, ʼΟλύμπικος, ὅπλον, ὁράω, οὐδέποτε,
οὐκέτι, ὄφις, πατρίς, πειρατής, Πέρσης, πέρυσι, πίπτω, ποιέω, πολίτης, πολύς,
ποταμός, ῥᾴδιος, σιγάω, σός, στρατηγός, ταχύς, τήμερον, Φίλιππος, φοβέομαι,
φύλαξ, χράομαι.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 17­19
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units
(i) 3rd s. aor. opt. act. of δίδωμι.
14­16
(ii) gen. m./n. s. of the perf. pple. of ἵστημι ( shorter form).
Key Units
20­22 (iii) pres./fut. inf. of ἔρχομαι.
Rev. Unit (iv) pres. act. inf. of δίδωμι.
17­19
(v) Either 3rd pl. ind. act. of the transitive aor. of ἵστημι or 3rd pl. ind. of the
intransitive aor. of ἵστημι.

(vi) dat. m./n. pl. of the pres./fut. pple. of ἔρχομαι.

(vii) Either 2nd pl. imp. or 2nd pl. subj. of the intransitive aorist of ἵστημι.

(viii) 3rd pl. impf. act. of τίθημι.

(ix) 1st s. pres. subj. of ἔρχομαι.

(x) dat. m./n. s. of the aor. act. pple. of τίθημι.

(xi) 3rd pl. pres./fut. opt. of ἔρχομαι.

(xii) 3rd pl. pluperfect of ἵστημι (shorter form).

(xiii) 2nd s. aor. imp. act. of τίθημι.

(xiv) inf. of the intransitive aor. of ἵστημι.

(xv) 1st pl. aor. opt. act. of τίθημι.

(xvi) 2nd s. pres. imp. of ἔρχομαι.

(xvii) dat. m./n. pl. of the aor. act. pple. of δίδωμι.

(xviii) 3rd pl. fut. ind. of ἔρχομαι.

ΓΥΝΗ. ἄπιθι ὡς τάχιστα, ὦ κάκιστε τῶν κακῶν.

ΑΝΗΡ. ἀλλά, ὦ καλλίστη γύναι, οὐκέτι εἶ ἡδίων μέλιτος (or ἢ μέλι).

ΓΥ. σίγα ἢ ἔξειμι τοὺς φύλακας καλοῦσα.

ΑΝ. τήμερον πλέονα δῶρά σοι δώσω.

ΓΥ. μὴ ποιήσῃς τοῦτο: κέκτημαι γὰρ πάντα ὧν δέομαι.

ΑΝ. ἀλλὰ μέμνησο τοῦ ἵππου ὅν σοι ἔδωκα ἵνα ὁ σὸς βίος ῥᾴων εἴη. ἐν μέσῃ τῇ
αὐλῇ ἕστηκεν.

ΓΥ. ὁ ἐμὸς βίος ῥᾴων ἂν εἴη εἰ ἐν ἐσχάτῳ τῷ Ἅιδῃ ἑσταίης.

ΑΝ. μὴ εἴπῃς πλέον: ἤδη γὰρ τέθνηκα.

3
For these paradigms see Appendix 5.

(i) If you had done this (past), you would have suffered nothing (past).

(ii) If you were doing this (present), you would be suffering nothing (present).

(iii) If you do this (future), you will suffer nothing (future).

(iv) If you were to do this (future), you would suffer nothing (future).

(v) If you did this (past), you suffered nothing (past).

(vi) If you are doing this (present), you are suffering nothing (present).

(vii) if you were doing/used to do this (past, continual or habitual), you were
suffering/used to suffer nothing (past, continual or habitual).

(viii) If you had done this (past), you would be suffering nothing (present).

(In the above i,ii,iv, viii are category 1 conditional sentences (18.1/5) and hence
have ἄν with their main verb; the others belong to category 2 and do not).

5
ἀρχαιότερος, ἀρχαιότατος ; ἀσθενέστερος, ἀσθενέστατος ; ἐχθίων, ἔχθιστος ;
κακίων, κάκιστος (or χείρων, χείριστος) ; κενώτερος, κενώτατος ; ῥᾴων, ῥᾷστος ;
σωφρονέστερος, σωφρονέστατος ; θάττων, τάχιστος.
6

All forms are from the comparative of πολύς:

πλέονι dat. m./f./n. s.; πλειόνων gen. m./f./n. pl.; πλείους (shorter form of
πλέονες or πλέονας) nom. or acc. m./f. pl.; πλείω (shorter form of πλέονα) either
acc. m. s. or nom./acc. n. pl.; πλεόνων another form of πλειόνων.

(i) διὰ τί ἐν ἄκρᾳ τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἕστηκας, ὦ ʼΟλύμπικε ; ἆρα ἐκεῖθεν πλέονας (or
πλείους) πειρατὰς ἰδεῖν δύνασαι;

(ii) τοῦτον τὸν ὄφιν μὴ φάγῃς, ὦ Διόγενες· εἰ γὰρ δράκων γένοιο, πολλῷ χείρων
ἂν εἴης ἢ νῦν εἶ.

(iii) μὴ φοβεῖσθε τοὺς Πέρσας, ὦ ʼΑθηναῖοι. τὰ γὰρ ἡμέτερα ὅπλα πολλῷ

καλλίονά ἐστιν.

(iv) ἆρα εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν αὖθις πέπτωκας, ὦ ̔Ηράκλειτε ; ἆρʼ ἂν λέγοις ὅτι οὗτος
οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ αὐτὸς ποταμὸς εἰς ὃν ἐχθὲς ἔπεσες;

(v) πέρυσι μὲν στρατηγὸς κατέστην, ἐχθὲς δὲ οἱ πολῖται τὸν Ξενοφῶντα

κατέστησαν.

(vi) μὴ δῷς μηδὲν τῷ ʼΑρχιμήδει. οὐ γὰρ ἴσμεν πῶς τοῖς ἑαυτῷ δοθεῖσι χρήσεται.

(vii) ὑπὸ Δημοσθένους κακῶς ἀκούω διότι Φίλιππον εὖ ἐποίησα.

(viii) ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ ξύλου ̔

Ερμῆς τις ῥᾷστα ἂν ἐγένετο.

(ix) ἐὰν μὴ θᾶττον ἴῃς, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, τὴν θάλατταν οὐκ ὄψῃ οὐδέποτε.

(x) τοὺς μὲν Θρᾷκας ἀπεστήσαμεν, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν Περσῶν ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος
ἀπέστησαν.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise for Units 20­22
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1 Conjugate the following:
Rev. Units
(i) present indicative middle of ἐφίημι
17­19
(ii) aorist indicative active of ἀφίημι

(iii) present indicative active of ἀνοίγνυμι

Rev. Key 20­
22 (iv) imperfect passive of μεθίημι

(v) aorist optative active of παρίημι

(vi) imperfect middle of ἀπόλλυμι

(vii) aorist imperative active of ἀφίημι

(viii) present subjunctive active of παρίημι

2 Translate into Greek using the word(s) or construction

indicated:

(i) I did not go out until I heard you speaking (πρίν).

(ii) Since it is necessary to fight Philip (acc. absol. ) let us go to the assembly.

(iii) We saw Socrates before he married Xanthippe (πρίν).

(iv) I have a pain in my head, Nicias. After talking (say having conversed) for two
days, surely you had a pain in your tongue? (use acc. of respect ).

(v) She has the same shape as she had previously (use εἰμί with τοιοῦτος/οἷος).

(vi) Although it is possible for marry this woman (acc. absol. ), Oedipus, we do
not advise it.

(vii) We will wait until we have horses (ἕως).

(viii). I wish the Evening star would bring the woman I love! (wish for the future).

3 Parse and distinguish between the following:

 (i) ὤλεσε, ὤλετο

(ii) ἀπολώλαμεν, ἀπολωλέκαμεν

(iii) ἀπωλώλει, ἀπωλωλέκει

(iv) ὄλοιο, ὀλέσειας

(v) ἱᾶσι, ἱῶσι, ἱεῖσι.

(vi) δεικνῦσι, δεικνύασι

(vii) ἵεμεν, ἴμεν

(viii) ἱῶ, ἴω

(ix) ὧ, ὦ

(x) δεικνύναι, δείκνυται.

4 Translate into Greek using ὡς once in each sentence (in each

case define the nature of the use is involved):
(i) He stayed in Athens to see me.

(ii) We will be away about thirty days.

(iii) For an Athenian, he is often silent.

(iv) How beautiful she is!

(v) He went away as if for Sparta.

(vi) We went to Pericles.

(vii) He will be in Thebes five days, as is his custom.

(viii) For a young man, he has much money.

5 Translate each of the following by using an impersonal verb:

(i) Nicias is excessively concerned with money.

(ii) I have a share in these ships.

(iii) It is not profitable for me to live with Lais.

(iv) Alcibiades decided to sail to Sicily.

(v) You will repent these things.

 (vi) It is most fitting for you to learn everything that Plato said.

(vii) I decide to sell this wine.

(viii) It will be expedient for you to forget this.

6 Translate into Greek:

(i) Alas, I am ruined, so to speak! Chasing Aspasia I lost my chiton and now,
being naked, I am two stades from my house. I wish I had a horse now!

(ii) Will you stop talking for ten drachmas, Socrates?

(iii) How many books you have! Show me how many you have read.

(iv) Do you value this slave highly? For what price will you sell him?

(v) It is raining and it is not possible for me to go out. I wish I had bought more
wine!

(vi) Did Democritus teach you many things? Yes, by Zeus!

(vii) By Apollo, I at any rate am different from Nico. My head is not as large as
(use τοσοῦτος ὅσος) his nose.

(viii) We shall not win an Olympic victory until the citizens give us much
money.

List of words:

ἄγαν, ἄγω, ʼΑθηναῖος, ʼΑθήνησι, ἀκούω, ἀλγέω, ʼΑλκιβιάδης, ἀναγιγνώσκω,

ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπέχω, ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπόλλυμι, ʼΑπόλλων, ʼΑσπασία, βιβλίον,
γαμέω, γλῶττα, γυμνός, γυνή, δεῖ, δείκνυμι, Δημόκριτος, διαλέγομαι, διαφέρω,
διδάσκω, δίδωμι, διώκω, δοκεῖ, δοῦλος, δραχμή, ἔγωγε, εἶδος, εἰσέρχομαι,
ἐκκλησία, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔξεστι, ἐπιλανθάνομαι, ἐράω, ἔρχομαι, Ἕσπερος, ἔχω, Ζεύς,
ἡμέρα, Θῆβαι, ἵππος, καλός, κεφαλή, Λαΐς, λέγω, λυσιτελεῖ, μά, μάλιστα,
μανθάνω, μάχομαι, μέλει, μένω, μετά, μεταμέλει, μέτεστι, ναῦς, νεανίας, νή,
νικάω, Νικίας, Νίκων, νόμος, νῦν, Ξανθίππη, Οἰδίπους (voc. Οἰδίπους), οἰκέω,
οἰκία, οἶνος, ʼΟλύμπια, ὁπόσος, ὁράω, ὅσος, παραινέω, πάρεστι, πᾶς, παύω, περὶ
πολλοῦ ποιέομαι, Περικλῆς, Πλάτων, πλέω, πολίτης, πολλάκις, πολύς, πόσος,
πρέπει, πρός, πρότερον, ῥίς, σιγάω, Σικελία, Σπάρτη, στάδιον, συμφέρει,
Σωκράτης, ὕει, φεῦ, Φίλιππος, χιτών, χρήματα, ὠνέομαι.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Revision Exercise Key for Units 20­22
Cover
Introduction
Main Index
Links
1
Key Units
(i) ἐφίεμαι, ἐφίεσαι, ἐφίεται, ἐφιέμεθα, ἐφίεσθε, ἐφίενται.
17­19
(ii) ἀφῆκα, ἀφῆκας, ἀφῆκε(ν), ἀφεῖμεν, ἀφεῖτε, ἀφεῖσαν.

(iii) ἀνοίγνυμι, ἀνοίγνυς, ἀνοίγνυσι(ν), ἀνοίγνυμεν, ἀνοίγνυτε, ἀνοιγνύασι(ν).

Rev. Unit
20­22 (iv) μεθιέμην, μεθίεσο, μεθίετο, μεθιέμεθα, μεθίεσθε, μεθίεντο.

(v) παρείην, παρείης, παρείη, παρεῖμεν, παρεῖτε, παρεῖεν.

(vi) ἀπωλλύμην, ἀπώλλυσο, ἀπώλλυτο, ἀπωλλύμεθα, ἀπώλλυσθε, ἀπώλλυντο.

(vii) ἄφες, ἀφέτω, ἄφετε, ἀφέντων.

(viii) παριῶ, παριῇς, παριῇ, παριῶμεν, παριῆτε, παριῶσι(ν).

(i) οὐκ ἐξῆλθον πρὶν ἤκουσά σου λέγοντος.

(ii) δέον Φιλίππῳ μάχεσθαι, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσέλθωμεν.

(iii) τὸν Σωκράτη εἴδομεν πρὶν τὴν Ξανθίππην γῆμαι.

(iv) τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀλγῶ, ὦ Νικία. ἆρα οὐκ ἤλγεις τὴν γλῶτταν δύο ἡμέρας
διαλεχθείς;

(v) ταύτῃ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον εἶδος οἷον πρότερον.

(vi) παρὸν ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα γῆμαι, ὦ Οἰδίπους, τοῦτο οὐ παραινοῦμεν.

(vii) μενοῦμεν ἕως ἂν ἵππους ἔχωμεν.

(viii) εἴθε ὁ Ἕσπερος ἀγάγοι τὴν γυναῖκα ἧς ἐρῶ.

3
(i) ­ (iv) are all from ὄλλυμι:
(i) ὤλεσε 3rd s. ind. act. of the weak (tr.) aorist; ὤλετο 3rd s. ind. of the strong
(intr.) aorist.

(ii) ἀπολώλαμεν 1st pl. ind. of the strong (intr.) perfect; ἀπολωλέκαμεν 1st pl. ind.
act. of the weak (tr.) perfect.

(iii) ἀπωλώλει 3rd s. of the strong (intr.) pluperfect; ἀπωλωλέκει 3rd s. act. of the
weak (tr.) pluperfect.

(iv) ὄλοιο 2nd s. opt. of the strong (intr.) aorist; ὀλέσειας 2nd s. opt. act. of the
weak (tr.) aorist.

(v) The three forms are from ἵημι: ἱᾶσι 3rd pl. pres. ind. act.; ἱῶσι 3rd pl. pres.
subj. act.; ἱεῖσι dat. m./n. pl. of the pres. act. pple.

(vi) δεικνῦσι dat. m./n. pl. of the pres. act. pple. of δείκνυμι; δεικνύασι 3rd pl.
pres. ind. act. of δείκνυμι.

(vii) ἵεμεν 1st pl. pres. ind. act. of ἵημι; ἴμεν 1st pl. fut. ind. of ἔρχομαι.

(viii) ἱῶ 1st s. pres. subj. act. of ἵημι; ἴω 1st s. pres. subj. of ἔρχομαι.

(ix) ὧ 1st s. aor. subj. act. of ἵημι; ὦ either 1st s. pres. subj. of εἰμί or the
exclamation O, ah.

(x) δεικνύναι pres. act. inf. of δείκνυμι; δείκνυται 3rd s. pres. ind. mid/pass. of
δείκνυμι.

4
(i) ʼΑθήνησιν ἔμεινεν ὥς με ὀψόμενος (purpose, 22.1/1a(i)).

(ii) ὡς τριάκοντα ἡμέρας ἀπεσόμεθα (with numerals, 22.1/1a(vii)).

(iii) πολλάκις σιγᾷ, ὡς ʼΑθηναῖος (restrictive, 22.1/1a(vi)).

(iv) ὡς καλή ἐστιν (exclamatory, 22.1/1a(ii)).

(v) ἀπῆλθεν ὡς πρὸς τὴν Σπάρτην (with prepositional phrase, 22.1/1a(i)).

(vi) ὡς Περικλέα ἤλθομεν (preposition, 22.1/1c).

(vii) ἐν Θήβαις πέντε ἡμέρας ἔσται, ὡς αὐτῷ ἐστι νόμος (in clause of manner,
22.1/1b(v)).

(viii) πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχει, ὡς νεανίας (restrictive, 22.1/1a(vi)).

5
(i) τῷ Νικίᾳ τῶν χρημάτων ἄγαν μέλει.

(ii) μέτεστί μοι τούτων τῶν νεῶν.

(iii) οὔ μοι λυσιτελεῖ μετὰ τῆς Λαι?δος οἰκεῖν.

(iv) ἔδοξε τῷ ʼΑλκιβιάδῃ πρὸς τὴν Σικελίαν πλεῦσαι.

(v) τούτων μεταμελήσει σοι.

(vi) μάλιστα πρέπει σοι πάντα μαθεῖν ὅσα ὁ Πλάτων εἶπεν.

(vii) δοκεῖ μοι τόνδε τὸν οἶνον ἀποδόσθαι.

(viii) συνοίσει σοι τούτου ἐπιλαθέσθαι.

7
(i) φεῦ, ἀπόλωλα, ὡς εἰπεῖν: τὴν γὰρ ʼΑσπασίαν διώκων ἀπώλεσα τὸν χιτῶνα καὶ
νῦν γυμνὸς ὢν τῆς οἰκίας δύο στάδια ἀπέχω. εἴθε ἵππον εἶχον (now need not be
translated as the time reference is clear from the tense of the verb).

(ii) ἆρα δέκα δραχμῶν λέγων παύσῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες;

(iii) ὅσα βιβλία ἔχεις. δεῖξόν μοι πόσα (or ὁπόσα) ἀνέγνωκας.

(iv) ἆρα τοῦτον τὸν δοῦλον περὶ πολλοῦ ποιῇ; πόσου αὐτὸν ἀποδώσῃ;

(v) ὕει καὶ οὐκ ἔξεστί μοι ἐξελθεῖν. εἴθε πλέονα οἶνον ἐπριάμην.

(vi) ἆρα ὁ Δημόκριτος πολλά σε ἐδίδαξεν; νὴ τὸν Δία.

(vii) μὰ τὸν ʼΑπόλλωνα, ἔγωγε τοῦ Νίκωνος διαφέρω: ἡ γὰρ ἐμὴ κεφαλὴ οὐ
τοσαύτη ἐστὶν ὅση ἡ ἐκείνου ῥίς.

(viii) ʼΟλύμπια οὐ νικήσομεν ἕως ἂν οἱ πολῖται ἡμῖν πλέονα (or πλείω) χρήματα
δῶσιν.

__________ ____________ _____________ ____________________

_____________ ____________ _____________ _______________ ___________
__________ __________ __________ _____________ ________ __ _

(c) Gavin Betts, Alan Henry 2001

. Glossary of grammatical terms
(Ancient Greek version)

Cover
Introduction
Main Index Listed below are the most important general terms in traditional English
Glossary grammar, which is the framework we shall use in approaching Greek. If you
Prepositions are not familiar with this terminology you should study this list carefully. Start
Further Study with the parts of speech, viz adjective, adverb, article, conjunction,
interjection, noun, preposition, pronoun, verb. These are the categories into
which words are classified for grammatical purposes and are the same for
Greek as for English.

Active see Voice

Adjective An adjective is a word which qualifies (i.e. tells us of some quality

of) a noun or pronoun: a red car; a short Roman; Cleopatra was sensitive; she
is tall.

Adverb Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs: he walks quickly;

an excessively large Persian; my chariot was going very slowly. Certain
adverbs can qualify nouns and pronouns: even I can do that. They may even
qualify a whole clause: we went to Greece last year; we also saw Istanbul.

Apposition A noun (or noun phrase) is in apposition to another noun or

pronoun when it follows by way of explanation and is exactly parallel in its
relation to the rest of the sentence: we, the rightful owners, were evicted from
our home; I, the undersigned, have the pleasure of telling you . . .

Article English has two articles the and a/an. The is called the definite article
because a noun preceded by it refers to someone or something definite: the cat
belonging to the neighbours kept me awake last night. A/an is called the
indefinite article because a noun preceded by it refers to someone or something
indefinite: No, I do not want a dog.

Aspect is the term applied to the use of verbal forms to express an action in
respect of its inception, duration, or completion, but NOT of the time when it
occurs. It is most commonly employed in Greek in connection with the moods
(other than the indicative) of the present and aorist tenses; e.g. the present
imperative is used for continual actions (keep hitting that Persian! Greek here
has a single word [the present imperative of the verb κρούω] for keep hitting)
but the aorist imperative is used for single actions (hit that Persian!).

Attributive Attributive and predicative are the terms applied to the two ways
in which adjectives can be used. An adjective used attributively forms a phrase
with the noun it qualifies, and in English always comes immediately before it:
ancient Rome, a high building, the famous poet. An adjective used
predicatively tells us what is predicated of, or asserted about, a person or thing.
A verb is always involved in this use, and in English a predicative adjective
always, in prose, follows the noun or pronoun it qualifies, generally with the
verb coming between them: men are mortal, Caesar was bald. This use
frequently involves the verb to be, but there are other possibilities: he was
thought odd, we consider Cicero eloquent. All adjectives can be used in either
way, with the exception of some possessive adjectives in English such as my,
mine (the first can be only attributive, the second only predicative).

Auxiliary verb Many tenses in English are formed with the present or past
participle of a verb together with some part of have or be (or both); when so
used the latter are called auxiliary verbs: he was running when I saw him; I
have read this glossary five times; we have been working for the past week at
Greek. These combinations (was running, have read etc.) are called composite
tenses. Other auxiliary verbs in English are shall, will, should, would. Greek
has a much smaller number of composite tenses.

Case In any type of expression where it occurs, a noun (or pronoun) stands in a
certain relationship to the other words, and this relationship is determined by
the meaning we want to convey. The two sentences my brothers bite dogs and
dogs bite my brothers contain exactly the same words but have opposite
meanings, which are shown by the relationship in each sentence of the nouns
brothers and dogs to the verb bite; here (as is normal in English) this
relationship is indicated by word order. In Greek, where word order is used
somewhat differently, the relationship is shown by particular case endings
applied to nouns. If a noun is the subject of a verb (i.e. precedes it in a simple
English sentence such as the above), it must, in Greek, be put into the
nominative case with the appropriate ending; if it is the object of a verb (i.e.
follows it in English) Greek puts it into the accusative case. In English we still
have this system with pronouns; we say I saw her today, we cannot say me saw
her because I is the nominative case, required here to show the subject of the
verb, whereas me is the accusative case. With nouns in English we only have
one case which can be indicated by an ending and this is the genitive; girl's,
boy's. In Greek we have five cases, nominative, vocative, accusative,
genitive, dative.

Clause A clause is a group of words forming a sense unit and containing one
finite verb, e.g. Hector feared Achilles; I am not happy today (the finite verb is
in bold type). We can have either main clauses, which can stand on their own,
or subordinate clauses, which cannot. In the sentence Xerxes owned a palace
which had cost much money, the first four words constitute the main clause and
this forms a complete sense unit; if, however, you were to say to a friend which
had cost much money you would risk being thought odd. Subordinate clauses
are further divided into adverbial which function as adverbs, adjectival,
which function as adjectives, and noun clauses, which function as nouns.

Comparison (of adjectives and adverbs) see Inflexion.

Conjugation see Inflexion.

Conjunction Conjunctions are joining words and do not vary in form. Some
conjunctions can join clauses, phrases or individual words (e.g. and, or) but
most have a more restricted use. Those that are used to join clauses are divided
into co­ordinating conjunctions (and, or, but), which join a main clause to a
preceding one (I went to the theatre, but you were not there), and
subordinating conjunctions, which subordinate one clause to another (the
doctor came because I was ill ).
Declension see Inflexion.

Deponent A deponent verb is one which is middle or passive in form (see

Voice) but active in meaning. Deponent verbs do not exist in English.

Finite This term is applied to those forms of verbs which can function as the
verbal element of a clause. The only non­finite forms of a verb in English and
Greek are participles and infinitives. We can say Alexander defeated the
Persians because defeated is a finite form of the verb to defeat. We cannot say
Alexander to have defeated the Persians because to have defeated is an
infinitive and therefore non­finite, nor can we say (as a full sentence)
Alexander having defeated the Persians because having defeated is a participle.

Gender In English we only observe natural gender (apart from such

eccentricities as supposing ships feminine). If we are talking about a man we
refer to him by the masculine pronoun he, but we refer to a woman by the
feminine pronoun she, and we refer to a thing, such as a table or chair, by the
neuter pronoun it. Greek, however, observes natural gender with living beings
(generally), but other nouns, which may denote things, qualities and so on, are
not necessarily neuter. For example τράπεζα table is feminine, λόγος; speech is
masculine. This has important grammatical consequences, but the gender of
individual nouns is not difficult to learn as, in most cases, it is shown by the
ending.

Imperative see Mood.

Indicative see Mood.

Infinitive Infinitives are those parts of a verb which in English are normally
preceded by to, e.g. to eat, to be eaten, to have eaten, to have been eaten.
These are, respectively, the present active, present passive, past active, and past
passive, infinitives of the verb eat. As in English, a Greek verb has active and
passive infinitives, and infinitives exist in different tenses. A Greek infinitive is
not preceded by anything corresponding to the English to.

Inflexion The form of adjectives, adverbs, nouns, pronouns, and verbs changes
in English and in Greek (but much more so) according to the requirements of
meaning and grammar. Inflexion is the overall term for such changes and
covers conjugation, which applies only to verbs, declension, which applies to
nouns, pronouns, and adjectives (which include participles), and comparison,
which applies to adjectives and adverbs. The term conjugation is also used for
the categories into which verbs are classified, and the term declension is
similarly used for those of nouns and adjectives.

Interjection Interjections are words used to express one's emotions. They do

not form part of sentences and have only one form (i.e. are not subject to
inflexion). Examples are εὖ γε bravo! φεῦ alas!

Intransitive This is a term applied to verbs which cannot, because of their

meaning, take a normal object, e.g. come, die, go. The opposite term is
transitive; transitive verbs can take an object, make, hit, repair. He hit the man
is a perfectly possible sentence, but he dies the man is nonsense. Sometimes in
English we have pairs of verbs, one transitive and the other intransitive, which
are obviously connected in sense and etymology, as to fall and to fell. We can
say John is falling from the tree but John is falling the tree is without sense. If
we mean John is causing the tree to fall, we can say John is felling the tree;
hence to fall is intransitive, to fell is transitive. Some verbs are transitive in
English but intransitive in Greek, and vice­versa. There are also a number of
verbs in English, such as to move, which can be either transitive or intransitive,
while their Greek equivalents are exclusively one or the other, e.g. I moved the
lamp from its place (transitive); the previous year he moved from Athens to
Thebes (intransitive). The Greek κινέω move, however, can, in the active, only
be used transitively.

Middle see Voice

Mood is a term applied to verbs. Every finite form of a Greek verb is in one of
four moods, which are:

Indicative, to express a fact: the doctor operated on me

yesterday.

Subjunctive, which originally expressed what the speaker willed

or expected (let us go is expressed in Greek by a single
subjunctive form of the verb go; cf. be that as it may, i.e. let that
be as it may ). In Greek it is used in a number of idiomatic ways
which cannot be given a single meaning. A few relics of the
subjunctive survive in English (if I were you; be in the above
example). A Greek subjunctive is often to be translated with an
English auxiliary verb such as let, may, would etc.

Optative, which originally expressed what the speaker desired or

considered possible. Like the subjunctive it cannot be given a
single meaning. In one of its uses it expresses a wish of the type
May that not happen!

Imperative, to give an order: do this immediately!

There is also a fifth, the infinitive mood, which is solely taken up by

infinitives. The other part of the Greek verb, participles, is not considered to be
in any mood.

Noun A noun is a naming word: book, river, truth, Socrates, Sparta. Proper
nouns are those we write with a capital letter, all others are common nouns.

Number A noun, or pronoun, or verb is normally either singular or plural in

Greek just as in English; Greek also possess a dual to express two people or
things generally associated, but this is not used consistently.

Object A noun or pronoun which is the object of an active verb suffers or

receives the action of that verb: Plato wrote dialogues; Xenophon killed many
barbarians; the Persians destroyed Athens. By definition we cannot have an
object of this sort after intransitive verbs or (normally) verbs in the passive
voice. It is sometimes called a direct object to distinguish it from an indirect
object which we get after verbs of saying and giving: he told a story to the
child. In English we can express this slightly differently: he told the child a
story; but child is still the indirect object because the direct object is story.
Oblique Cases The overall term applied to the accusative, genitive, and
datives cases.

Optative see Mood

Participle Participles are those forms of a verb which function as adjectives:

the running horse, a fallen tree.

Passive see Voice

Person There are three persons, first, second, and third. First person is the
person(s) speaking, i.e. I or we; second person is the person(s) spoken to, i.e.
you; and third person is the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about, i.e. he, she, it,
they. The term person has reference to pronouns and also to verbs because
finite verbs must agree with their subject in number and person. Naturally,
when we have a noun as subject of a verb, e.g. the dog ran across the road, the
verb is in the third person.

Phrase A phrase is an intelligible group of words which does not have a finite
verb: into the woods, Plato's five tired donkeys. A phrase can only be used by
itself in certain circumstances, as in answer to a question.

Postpositive is the term used of words (mainly particles) which, if qualifying a

word, must be placed after it, or, if qualifying a clause, cannot stand as its first
word.

Predicative see Attributive.

Preposition Prepositions are invariable words which govern a noun or pronoun

and show the relationship of the noun or pronoun to the rest of the sentence:
Gorgias went to Athens; we live in Samos; I saw Alcibiades with him.

Pronoun Pronouns stand in place of nouns. The English personal pronouns

are: I, you, he, she, it, we, they (in the accusative case me, you, him, her, it, us
them). Other words such as this, that can function as pronouns (I do not like
that! ) or as adjectives (I do not like that habit! ); for convenience we shall call
them demonstrative pronouns. We also have reflexive pronouns (he loves
himself ) and relative pronouns (I do not like the woman who was here ).

Sentence A sentence is a unit of speech which normally contains at least one

main clause. It may be either a statement, question or command. For the Greek
marks of punctuation used with each see Unit 1.

Stem The stem is the form of a word before endings are applied. In Greek,
nouns normally have only one stem, which sometimes cannot be deduced from
the nominative singular. With verbs in Greek we have different stems for
some, but not all, tenses. English verbs such as to break are comparable; break­
is the present stem and to it the ending of the third person singular is added
(giving breaks); brok­ is the past stem, giving us brok­en for the past participle.

Subject The subject of a clause is the noun, pronoun, or noun­equivalent

which governs its verb. In English and Greek a finite verb's person and number
are determined by the subject. We cannot say I is because I is the first person
pronoun and is is the third person; we must use the first person (singular) form
am. Likewise we must say we are and not we am because we is plural. An easy
way to find the subject is to put who or what in front of the verb; with the
sentence the ship was hit by a submerged rock, we ask the question what was
hit by a submerged rock? and the answer, the ship, is the subject of the clause.

Subjunctive see Mood.

Tense Tense is a term applied to verbs. Every finite form of a verb, as well as
participles and infinitives, indicates that the action or state expressed takes
place in a particular time; for a complication in Greek see Aspect. The verb in I
am sick refers to the present, in I will be sick to the future. These temporal
states are called tenses, and in Greek we have seven: present, future,
imperfect, aorist, perfect, pluperfect, future perfect.

Transitive see Intransitive

Verb A verb, when finite, is the doing or being word of its clause. It must
agree with the subject in person and number. For non­finite forms of verbs
see finite. A finite verb varies according to person, number, tense, mood, and
voice.

Voice is a term applied to verbs, whether finite or non­finite. In English there

are two voices, active and passive. The subject of an active verb is the doer of
the action; the soldier lifted his shield. With a passive one the subject suffers or
receives the action: the shield was lifted by the soldier. Greek has another
voice, the middle, which usually means to do something to or for oneself.

Main Index
.
Prepositions
Cover
Introduction Main uses of prepositions in prose
Main Index
Glossary
Prepositions
Further Study 1 Prepositions with one case only
(a) with accusative

ἀνά

of place
ἀνὰ ποταμόν up river
ἀνὰ τὴν ̔
Ελλάδα throughout Greece

of time
ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν throughout the whole day

distributivelyἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας in groups of 100 men

In compounds: up (ἀνίσταμαι stand up); back (ἀναχωρέω go back,
retreat); again (ἀναλαμβάνω take (up) again).

εἰς (ἐς)

of place
εἰς τὴν ʼΑττικήν into Attica

of time
εἰς ἑσπέραν towards evening
εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον for all time

measure and limit εἰς τριακοσίους up to 300

purposeχρήσιμος εἰς ἅπαν ἔργον useful for every task
referenceεὐδόκιμος εἰς σοφίαν famous for wisdom
In compounds: in, into (εἰσέρχομαι go in).

ὡς
(only of persons)ὡς Περδίκκαν to Perdiccas

(b) with genitive

ἀντί
 εἰρήνη ἀντὶ πολέμου peace instead of war

In compounds: instead, in return (ἀντιδίδωμι give in return); against, in

opposition (ἀνθίσταμαι stand against, oppose).

ἀπό

of place
ἀπὸ πόλέως ἑκάστης from each city

of time
ἀπὸ τῶν Μηδικῶν from the time of the Persian [Wars]

cause
ἀπὸ τούτου ἐτιμήθη he was honoured for this

In compounds: from, away, off (ἀπέρχομαι go away); in return, back

(ἀποδίδωμι give back what is due).

ἐκ

of place
ἐξ ʼΙταλίας from Italy

of time
ἐκ τούτου after this

origin
ἐκ πατρὸς εὐγενοῦς (sprung) from a noble father

In compounds: from, out, away (ἐξελαύνω drive out and away);

thoroughly (ἐκμανθάνω learn thoroughly, by heart).

πρό

of place
πρὸ τῶν πυλῶν in front of the gates

of time
πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν before the Trojan [war]

preference
πρὸ τούτων θάνατον ἑλέσθαι to choose death rather than this

In compounds: before, forward (προτίθημι set before, set out); in defence

of (προμάχομαι fight in defence of); forth (προφέρω bring forth); publicly
(προαγορεύω proclaim publicly); in preference (προαιρεῖσθαι choose in
preference); beforehand (προαισθάνομαι perceive beforehand).

(c) with dative

ἐν

of place
ἐν οὐρανῷ in heaven
ἐν ὑμῖν δημηγορεῖν to make a speech among (or before) you

of time
ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐσβολῇ in the former invasion
ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα within fifty years

In compounds: in, at, on (ἐμπίπτω fall in/on; ἐγγελάω laugh at).

σύν (ξύν)

σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς with the help of the gods

σὺν κραυγῇ with a shout

(Attic prose normally uses μετά + genitive)

In compounds: with, together (συμπορεύομαι march in company with);
altogether, completely (συμπληρόω fill up).

2 Prepositions with accusative or genitive

διά

(a) with accusative

of cause
διὰ φόβον on account of fear
διὰ αἰσχύνην because of (or through) shame

(b) with genitive

of place
διὰ τῆς πόλεως through the city

of time
διὰ παντὸς τοῦ πολέμου throughout all the war

of intervals
διὰ τρίτου ἔτους every third year

of means
διʼ ἑρμηνέως by means of an interpreter

In compounds: through, across (διαβαίνω cross); apart, thoroughly

(διαλύω dissolve, destroy; διαπράττω complete); severally (διαδίδωμι
distribute).

κατά
(a) with accusative

of place
κατὰ ποταμόν down river
κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν throughout the market­place
κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν by land and sea

of time
κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον about that time
οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς our contemporaries

of manner
κατὰ τοὺς νόμους according to the laws
κατὰ Πίνδαρον according to Pindar

distributively
κατὰ τρεῖς by threes
καθʼ ἡμέραν day by day

(b) with genitive

of place
ἥλαντο κατὰ τῆς πέτρας they leapt down from the cliff
μύρον κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχεῖν to pour perfume over one's
head

against
καθʼ αὐτοῦ μηνύειν to give information against oneself

In compounds: downwards, down (καταπίπτω fall down); back

(κατέρχομαι return from exile); against (καταγιγνώσκω condemn);
completely (κατεσθίω eat up).

μετά

(a) with accusative

of time
μετὰ τὴν μάχην after the battle

of succession
ὁ μέγιστος ποταμὸς μετὰ τὸν ῞Ιστρον the greatest river after the
Danube

(b) with genitive

μεθʼ ἡμῶν πορεύεσθαι to travel along with us

μετὰ τῶν ἀδικουμένων μάχεσθαι to fight on the side of those who
are wronged

In compounds: among, with (of sharing) (μεταδίδωμι give a share of);

after, in quest of (μεταπέμπομαι send for); denoting change (μετανοέω
change one's mind).
ὑπέρ

(a) with accusative

of place
ὑπὲρ τὰ ὄρη οἰκεῖν to live beyond the mountains

of measure
ὑπὲρ δύναμιν beyond one's power

(b) with genitive

of place
ὑπὲρ τῆς γῆς above the earth

on behalf of
ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἀποθανεῖν to die for one's country

In compounds: over, above (ὑπερβαίνω step over, cross); in defence of

(ὑπερμαχέω (poetical) fight for); exceedingly (ὑπερφρονέω be
overproud).

3 Prepositions with accusative, genitive or dative

ἐπί

(a) with accusative

of place
ἐφʼ ἵππον ἀναβαίνειν to mount one's horse

hostility
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους against the enemy

(b) with genitive

of place
οὔτʼ ἐπὶ γῆς οὔτʼ ὑπὸ γῆς neither upon the earth nor under the
earth
ἐπὶ ʼΑθηνῶν πορεύεσθαι to travel in the direction of Athens

of time
ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων in the time of our ancestors

(c) with dative

of place
αἱ ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ πόλεις the cities on the sea coast
ἐπὶ τοῖς ὄρεσι on the mountains

purpose
ἐπὶ δουλείᾳ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἥκετε you have come to enslave us (lit.
with a view to our slavery)
 condition
ἐπὶ τούτοις on these conditions

In compounds: upon (ἔπειμι be upon); over (ἐπιτρέχω overrun); at

(ἐπιχαίρω rejoice at/over); toward (ἐπιστέλλω send to); in addition
(ἐπιδίδωμι give in addition); against (ἐπιβουλεύω plot against); after
(ἐπιγίγνομαι come after).

παρά

(a) with accusative

of place
ἥκω παρὰ σέ I have come to you
παρὰ τὴν γῆν ἔπλει he sailed along the coast

comparison
ἐξετάζειν παρʼ ἄλληλα to compare with one another

contrary to
παρὰ τοὺς νόμους contrary to the laws

(b) with genitive

of place
παρὰ βασιλέως ἥκειν to have come from the King

source
παρὰ Σωκράτους μανθάνειν to learn from Socrates

(c) with dative

of place
παρὰ τοῖς ʼΑθηναίοις amongst the Athenians
παρʼ ἐμοὶ δειπνεῖν to dine at my house (cf. French chez moi)
παρὰ τοῖς δικασταῖς before the judges

In compounds: alongside, beside (παρέρχομαι go alongside); beyond,

past (παρελαύνω drive past); aside, beyond i.e. amiss (παραβαίνω
transgress).

περί

(a) with accusative

of place
περὶ Πελοπόννησον around the Peloponnese
οἱ περὶ ̔
Ηράκλειτον the followers of Heraclitus

of time
περὶ πρῶτον ὕπνον about the time of the first sleep

number
περὶ ἑξακοσίους about 600
 reference
οἱ περὶ τοὺς γάμους νόμοι the laws about marriage

(b) with genitive

reference
περὶ πολέμου βουλεύεσθαι to deliberate about war
περὶ τούτων λέγειν to speak about these things

(c) with dative

of place
περὶ τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον φέρειν to wear a ring on the hand
στρεπτοὶ περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις collars about their necks

In compounds: around, about (περιβάλλω throw around); beyond, over

(περιεργάζομαι waste one's labour; περιοράω overlook, allow);
(remaining) over (περιγίγνομαι remain over, excel).

πρός

(a) with accusative

of place
πρὸς τὸν λόφον towards the hill

of time
πρὸς ἔαρ towards spring

of reference
πρὸς χάριν λέγειν to speak with a view to pleasing

(b) with genitive

in appeals
πρὸς θεῶν by (or in the name of) the gods
characteristic
οὐκ ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου it was not like Cyrus's way

(c) with dative

of place
πρὸς τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν to fight a sea­battle near the land
πρὸς Αἰγίνῃ off (the island of) Aegina
addition
πρὸς τούτοις in addition to this

In compounds: towards (προσέρχομαι approach); in addition to

(προσδίδωμι give in addition); against (προσπίπτω fall against).

ὑπό

(a) with accusative

 of place
ὑπὸ Σπάρτωλον ἐλθόντες having come up to (i.e. under the walls
of) Spartolus
of time
ὑπὸ τὸν σεισμόν at the time of the earthquake

(b) with genitive

of place
ὑπὸ γῆς ἐλθεῖν to come from under the earth
agent
ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἀποθανεῖν to be killed by the enemy
cause
ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἀπώλετο he perished of hunger

(c) with dative

of place
ἡ κώμη ὑπὸ τῷ ὄρει the village under (or at the foot of) the
mountain
subjection
ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις εἶναι to be subject to the Lacedaemonians

In compounds: under (ὑποτίθημι place under); behind (ὑπολείπω leave

behind); secretly (ὑποπέμπω send secretly); gradually (ὑποκαταβαίνω
descend by degrees).

Main Index
.
Suggestions for further study
Cover Editions of Greek texts with notes and a vocabulary
Introduction
Main Index
Euripides, Hecuba, ed. M. Tierney.
Glossary
Prepositions Homer, Iliad III, ed. J.T. Hooker.
Further Study
Homer, Odyssey vi & vii, ed. G. Edmonds.

Plato, The Martyrdom of Socrates (Apology, Crito and selections from

Phaedo), ed. F. Doherty.

Xenophon, The Fall of Athens (selections from Hellenica I & II), ed. T. Horn.

Xenophon, The Persian Expedition (selections from the Anabasis), ed. J.

Antrich & S. Usher.

All the above are published and distributed by the Bristol Classical Press (a
division of Duckworth, 61 Frith Street, London W1V 5TA, England; internet
address http://ducknet.co.uk).

A number of other elementary editions are available from the Bristol Classical
Press and from Bolchazy­Carducci Publishers (1000 Brown Street, Wauconda,
Illinois 60603, U.S.A.; internet address http://bolchazy.com).

Bilingual editions of nearly every ancient Greek author exist in the series The
Loeb Classical Library, published by Harvard University Press.

Dictionaries

Note that modern Greek dictionaries are of no use in reading ancient Greek.

H.G. Liddell and R. Scott, Abridged Greek Lexicon, Oxford U.P. (the best
dictionary available for those who have finished this book and wish to read
authors in editions which do not have a vocabulary).

H.G. Liddell and R. Scott, Greek­English Lexicon 9th ed., Oxford U.P. (the
largest Greek­English dictionary).

S.G. Woodhouse, English­Greek Dictionary , Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Grammars and books on language

E. Abbott and E.D. Mansfield, A Primer of Greek Grammar, Duckworth (uses

much the same terminology as the present work and contains a certain amount
of additional information).

H.W. Smyth, Greek Grammar, Harvard U.P. (a full treatment of all aspects of
Greek grammar).
L.R. Palmer, The Greek Language, Duckworth (an advanced account of
ancient Greek and its history).

W.S. Allen, Vox Graeca: A Guide to the Pronunciation of Classical Greek,

Cambridge U.P.

Other works of reference

The World of Athens: an Introduction to Classical Athenian Culture (various
authors), Cambridge U.P.

M.I. Finley, The Ancient Greeks, Pelican

K.J. Dover, The Greeks, BBC

Oxford Companion to Classical Literature, Oxford U. P.

Oxford Classical Dictionary, Oxford U. P.

Betty Radice, WhoÂ’s who in the Ancient World, Penguin.

H.J. Rose, Handbook of Greek Mythology, Routledge.

P. Grimal Dictionary of Classical Mythology, Penguin (an alphabetical

arrangment of the basic information contained in the previous title).

Material available on the internet

The following are a few of the vast number of internet sites that are of interest
to students of ancient Greek.

www.textkit.com

Textkit provides free and fully downloadable Greek grammars and readers;
these include such works as Smyth’s Greek Grammar (listed above). The
site also has The Greek and Latin Forum and organizes other groups.

www.perseus.tufts.edu

Perseus Project: extensive database of texts, references and artefacts from the
Greek and Roman world

www.forumromanum.org/literature/index.html

Corpus Scriptorum Latinorum: a digital library of Latin literature spanning the

earliest epigraphic remains to the Neo­Latinists of the eighteenth century.
Maintains a catalogue of all Latin texts that are currently available online and
is therefore a centralized resource for locating Latin literature on the internet.

www.stoa.org

The Stoa Consortium: lists numerous online sites of general interest in the
Greek and Roman world. It also provides links to detailed image albums and
interactive exploration of important archaeological remains
 wings.buffalo.edu/AandL/Maecenas/

Maecenas. Images of Ancient Greece and Rome.

www.pantheon.org

An encyclopaedia of folklore and religion that includes material on Greek

mythology

Main Index